THEORY PAPER STTH-4: STATISTICAL INFERENCE. Unit: 1. P

B.A/ B.Sc. COURSE IN STATISTICS (OPTIONAL)

W.E.F 2018-19

FOURTH SEMESTER: THEORY PAPER Total: 50 Hours.

STTH-4: STATISTICAL INFERENCE.

Unit: 1. Point Estimation: Concept of parameter, estimator, estimate and standard error of an estimator. Consistency -

definition and criteria for consistency, Invariance property of consistency, Proof of Sufficient

condition for consistency using Chebyshev's inequality. Unbiased ness, Mean squared error

as a criterion for comparing estimators. Relative efficiency. Most efficient estimator,

Minimum variance unbiased estimator (MVUE). Sufficient statistic. Neyman - Factorization

theorem with proof.(discrete case) Measure of information - Fisher information function.

Cramer - Rao inequality (without proof) and its applications in the construction of minimum

variance unbiased estimators. 10 Hours

Unit: 2.Methods of estimation:

Maximum likelihood and Moment methods. Standard examples. Illustration for non

uniqueness of MLE's. Properties of MLE and MME. Examples illustrating properties of

MLE.

10 Hours

Unit: 3.Interval Estimation: Meaning of confidence interval. Confidence coefficient. Confidence intervals for mean,

difference between means for large and small samples,.Confidence intervals for a proportion

and difference between two proportions for large samples.

10 Hours

Unit: 4.Testing of Statistical Hypothesis:

Simple and composite hypotheses, Size and power of a test. Most Powerful (MP) test.

Uniformly Most Powerful (UMP) test, Statement and proof of Neyman -Pearson Lemma and

its use in the construction of Most Powerful test. Standard examples for computation of size

and power of a test. Standard examples on NP Lemma.

10 Hours

Unit: 5.UMP and Likelihood Ratio Tests: Monotone likelihood ratio (MLR) Property. Uniform most powerful (UMP) test. Statement of

the theorem of UMP tests for testing one sided hypothesis for distribution with MLR

property. Likelihood ratio test (LRT). Large sample approximations to the distribution of the

likelihood ratio statistics (without proof).LRT for single mean for normal case (large and

small samples).

10 Hours

FOURTH SEMESTER:

STPR-4: PRACTICAL PAPER.

1. Comparison of Estimators by plotting Mean square error.

2. Estimation of Parameters: Maximum Likelihood Method-I

3. Estimation of Parameters: Maximum Likelihood Method-II

4. Estimation of Parameters: Method of Moments.

5. Evaluation of Type-I &Type-II errors and Power of tests (Based on Bonomial,

Poisson, Uniform & Normal Distributions).

6. Construction of M.P-tests and computations of power of tests based on

Bonomial, Poisson& Normal Distributions.

7. Construction of M.P-tests and computations of power of tests based on

Bonomial, Poisson& Normal Distributions.

Books for study:

1. Hogg .R.V.and Craig.A.T(1978):Introduction to Mathematical Statistics.-4/e

Macmillan .

2. Goon AM, Gupta M.K., Das Gupta.B.(1991): Fundamentals of Statistics Vol-I World

Press Kolkatta.

3. Gupta S.C and Kapoor V.K.: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics- Sultan Chand

& Sons’ publications.

4. Mood.A.M.,Graybill.F A. and Boes D.C.(1974): Introduction to the Theory of

Statistics. McGrawHill.

5. Mukyopadhyay.P.(1996) .Mathematical Statistics.-Kolkotta Publishing House.

.Books for Reference:

1. Rohatgi.V.K. and A.K.Md.Ehsanes Saleh (2002):An introduction to probability

theory and Mathematical Statistics. John Wiley.

2. Murry R.Speigel (1982): Theory & Problems of Statistics, Schaum’s publishing

Series.

3. P.G.Hoel (1971): Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, Asia publishing house.

4. Dudewicz EJ and Mishra S.N (1980): Modern Mathematical Statistics-John Wiley.

5. Kale B.K(1999):A First Course on Parametric Inference,Narosa.

1

WELWELWELWEL----COMECOMECOMECOME

TO THE COURSE STRUCTRE AND SYLLABUS OF UNDERGRADUATE

PROGRAMMES – B.Sc

I Semester

w.e.f.

Academic Year 2017-18 Onwards

2

B.Sc I – Semester

Group – I

1. BASIC – ENGLISH

Detailed Syllabus for B.Sc. / B.Sc. Comp. Sc. / BCA / B.Sc. in CCJ

(With effect from 2016-17 onwards) Semester I: Basic English

Teaching Hours: 5 per Week I Text: Prose

1) Science and Religion - S. Radhakrisnan 2) Time to Ignite the Minds of the People - APJ Abdul Kalam 3) The Portrait of a Lady - Khushwant Singh 4) The Coffee House of Surat - Leo Tolstoy 5) Good Manners - J. C. Mill

Poetry

1) Delhi - R. Parthasarathy 2) The Purdah Nashin - Sarojini Naidu 3) Mirror - Sylvia Plath 4) No Second Troy - W. B. Yeats 5) To Blossoms - Robert Herrick

II Grammar and Communication Skills

A) Use of Articles B) Use of Prepositions C) Transformation of Sentences

a) Remove too… to/use so… that (vice versa) b) Remove if/use unless (vice versa) c) Remove As soon as/use No sooner…than (vice versa) d) Change the assertive sentence into exclamatory sentence without

changing the meaning (vice versa) e) Change the degrees

D) Communicative Skills a) Introducing: Self Introduction and Introducing the chief-guest

/principal/president/family member/friend

3

b) Report writing (Tour, Project, News, functions, seminars, accident earthquake, and flood)

c) Welcome address and Vote of Thanks d) Dialogue writing

Pattern of Question Paper

(80 Marks paper of three hours and 20 Marks for I.A)

1) Objective type questions (5 from Prose and 5 from Poetry) 10X1=10 2) Reference to Context (One from Prose out of two and one from Poetry out of two) 2X5=10 3) Essay type question on Prose (one out of two) 1X10=10 4) Essay type question on Poetry (one out of two) 1X10=10 5) Short Notes (One from Prose and One from Poetry out of four) 2X5=10 6) A) Use of Articles and Prepositions (2 for articles and 3 for prepositions) 5X1=05 B) Transformation of Sentences 5X1=05 C) Report Writing 5X1=05 7) A) Introducing 1X5=05 B) Welcome and Vote of Thanks 1X5=05 C) Dialogue Writing 1X5=05

80

4

Additional English:

Detailed Syllabus for B. Sc. / B. Sc. Comp. Sc. / B. C. A. / B. Sc. In CCJ 1st Year

Semester – I MIL : Additional English

(With effect from 2016-17 onwards)

Teaching Hourse: 5 Hours per Week

(80 Marks paper of three hours ) (20 Marks for I.A)

Text: Seven One-Act Plays (Ed), K.S. Ramamurthy: OUP Only the following plays are to be studied.

1. The Seven Slaves - A. Ball 2. One Good Turn – A.E.M. Bayliss 3. Night Watches – Allan Monkhouse 4. The Unexpected – Ella Adkins 5. Sunday Costs Five Pesos – Josephina Niggli

Grammar and Composition Modals (Making Sentences using Modals) Sentence Linkers (Making Sentences using Linkers) Use of words, phrases and idioms Describing a situation (Marriage, Birthday, Local fair, temple festivals, national festivals, Funerals etc.)

Pattern of Question Paper (80 Marks per paper of three hours and 20 Marks for I.A)

1) Objective type questions on the play 10X1= 10 2) Reference to Context 2X5=10 3) Essay type question on the plays (one out of two) 1X10 =10 4) Essay type question on the plays (one out of two) 1X10=10 5) Short Notes on the plays (two out of four) 2X5=10 6) A) Modals Make sentences using given modals 5 out of 7 1X5 = 05 B) Sentence Linkers Make sentences using given sentence linkers 5 out of 7 1X5 = 05 7) A) Use of words, phrases and idioms (3 Marks for Use of Words, 3 Marks for Phrases and 4 marks for Idioms and Phrases) 10X1=10 B) Describing a situation (about 200 words) 1X10=10

5

80

2. BASIC – KANNADA

¸Á»vÀå PËªÀÄÄ¢ ©.J¹ì. vÀgÀUÀwUÀ½U É ªÉÆzÀ® É«Ä ÀÖgï

PÀ£ÀßqÀ DªÀ±ÀåPÀ ¥ÀwæPÉ 2016-17 jAzÀ

(MlÄÖ ¥ÁoÀzÀ CªÀ¢ü 80 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ. ªÁgÀPÉÌ 05 UÀAmÉUÀ¼À ¥ÁoÀ, MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 100. DAvÀjÃP À UÀÄuÁAPÀPÉÌ 20 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (ºÁdgÁwUÉ 04, ªÉÆzÀ® QgÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ 04, JgÀqÀ£ÉAiÀÄ QgÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÀëUÉ 10, ¤AiÉÆÃfv À PÁAiÀÄðPÉÌ 03 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) ºÁUÀÆ yAiÀÄj ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ 80 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.)

¥Àj«r

1. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå ¤Ãw - ÉÆÃªÉÄÃ±ÀégÀ ±Àv ÀP À

2. E¼ÉAiÀiÁAqÀUÀÄrªÀiÁgÀgÀ gÀUÀ¼É - ºÀjºÀgÀ

3. DªÉqÉAiÉÆ½¥ÉðAiÉÆÃ ªÀÄ®èAiÀÄå - gÁW ÀªÁAP À

4. ªÀiÁ£ÀUÉÃr ªÀÄA¢ - P ÀqÀP ÉÆÃ¼À ªÀÄrªÁ¼À

5. P À£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀzÀUÉÆÃ¼ï - f. ¦. gÁdgÀv ÀßA

6. ZË¥À¢U À¼ÀÄ - ¢£ÀP ÀgÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä

7. P ÀlÄÖªÉªÀÅ £ÁªÀÅ - JA.UÉÆÃ¥Á®P ÀÈµÀÚ CrUÀ

8. £À£Àß CªÀvÁgÀ - ±À²PÀ¯Á «ÃgÀAiÀÄå ¸Áé«Ä

9. UÀgÀwAiÀÄ ºÁqÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ - eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ

10. P ÉÆ£ÉAiÀÄ VgÁQ - ¤gÀAd£À

11. ªÀÄÆqsÀ £ÀA©P ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - gÁ. AiÀÄ. zsÁgÀªÁqÀP ÀgÀ

12. CP ÀÌg ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆwð - ¦. ®APÉÃ±À

13. «eÁÕ£ÀªÉAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ? - f. ºÀtÄªÀÄAv ÀgÁªï

14. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ Z ÀQv ÉìUÀ¼ÀÄ - ¹A¦ °AUÀtÚ

15. £Áå£ÉÆ v ÀAv ÀæeÁÕ£À - eÉ. Dgï. ®P ÀëöätgÁªÀ

vv

6

3. BASIC – MARATHI Syllabus prescribed for B.Sc is applicable to B.C.A and B.Sc C.S.

B.Sc Semester I

Basic Marathi (With effect from 2016-17 onwards)

Course: Literary Form: Short Story

Text: Nagamandal: Aruna Dhere (Excluded Stories: 1. Khel: M M Karnik. 2. Bhujang: M M Karnik. 3. Sarp: G A Kulakarni )

Suresh Agency, Pune

7

4. BASIC – ARABIC

SYLLABUS OF ARABIC SUBJECT

BSc. First Semester

Arabic Basic


Paper : Prose, Poetry and History of Arabic Literature Scheme of teaching : 5 hours per week Prescribed Text Books

1. Al-Qiratul Wadhiha Part-I Prose Following Lessons. 1.Al quranul kareem. 2.Allahu Rabbi. 3. Tiflatun wa Usfoorun 4.Qasrun Jameelun. 5. Al qitaaru. 6. Dukaanul khuzari

By:Waheeduz.zama Al-Kiranvi.Pub.By:Maktaba Husainia Deoband (U.P)

2. Al-Qiratur Raashidah (Poetry) Following Poems

1. AnNamlatu. 2. AtTaairu. 3. Tarneematul waladi fisSabah 4.Tarneematul Lail 5.shar run wa khairun

By: Abul Hasan Ali Nadvi. Pub.By:Nadvatul ulama Lucknow (U.P)

3. Tareekh Adab-e-Arabi Chapter No.I pahli fasl, dosri fasl

By: Dr.syed tufail Ahmad madaniPub.By:Deccan Traders Book Seller & Publisher 23-2-378, Moghalpura, Hyderabad. (A.P)

4. The Holy Quraan. Pub.By:Taj Company Mumbai Sura-Wadduha.

The question paper should be broadly based on the following pattern.

1) Multiple choice from first and second text 10x1 = 10

2) Summary from first and second text with choice 2x7½ = 15

3) R.C. from first and second text with choice 3x5 = 15

4) Appreciation of verses from second text 3 out of 5 3x5 = 15

5) Question from third text with choice 2x7½ = 15

6) Question on Sura 1x10 = 10 ----

80

8

5. BASIC – URDU

B.Sc First Semester Urdu-Basic(MIL) (With effect from 2016-17 onwards)

Paper-I. Prose, Poetry and Essays

Scheme of teaching:- Duration- 16 Weeks- 5hours per Week

Prescribed text books.

Detailed Text

by

I. Zouqey Adab(Vol 1) (Part 1) Prof. M.N Saeed.

Pub. By Hamim Pulishers

3, 1st floor, Lal Masjid Building Shivaji Nagar, Bangalore-51.

Non-Detailed Text: by

II. Jaded Ilme Science Wazarat Hussain

( First 2 lessons only) (Page 5 to 75) Pub. By Educational BookHouse

Aligarh-202002.

9

Scheme of Examination (I & II Semester)

Total Marks – 100( Theory-80 Marks + Internal Assessment 20- Marks

a) Each Paper of 100 Marks shall carry 20 Marks Internal Assessment out of 20 Marks , 4+10 shall be for semester test and remaining 3+3 shall be for H. Assignment & Attendence.

b) In each paper 2 test shall be conducted for the award of Internal Assessment Marks, first test of 1 hour duration for maximum of 20 marks reduced to 4, shall be conducted in 8th week . Second test in 12th week of respective semester of maximum 80 marks & of 3 hours duration then reduced to 10 marks.

The question paper should be broadly based on the following pattern. (I & II Semester)

1. Multiple Choice questions from Detailed and N.D text. 10 * 1 = 10 (10 out of 10)

Detailed text (Prose & Poetry)

2. Essay type question on Prose (1 out of 2) 1 * 10 =10 3. Question on reference to the context 4* 2 1/2 =10

(4out of 6) 4. Summary of the Poem (1 out of 3) 1 * 10 =10 5. Appreciation of verses from Gazals (4 out of 6) 4 * 2 1/2 =10

Non-Detailed text 6. Essay type question 2 * 10 = 20

(1 out of 2) 7. Short Notes (2 out of 4) 1 * 10 = 10

10

6. BASIC – SAMSKRIT


Bsc Part –I Basic – Samskrit

First Semester Teaching Hours : 5 Hours per week Exam Marks : 80+20=100 of 3 hours Duration Text : ÌWûiÉÉåmÉSåvÉ È [ÍqÉ§ÉsÉÉpÉ:] (Eight Short Stories) Samaja Pustakalaya Dharwad 1. ÍqÉ§ÉsÉÉpÉ: (Eight Short Stories) : 70 Marks

2. Grammer (mÉÑÎssÉQÄèaÉ vÉoSÉÈ) : 10 Marks

3. Internal Assessment : 20 Marks 1. Internal Test – 14

2. Assignment, Class Records Skill – Development – 06

:

Total : 100 Marks Bsc Part –I

Basic – Samskrit

Question Paper Pattern

First Semester

1. New Type Questions [Fill in the blanks]/ Select correct answer (any ten out twelve)

10 Marks

2. a) Translate & Explain (any three out of five) Stanza b) Translate prose (any one out of two)

15 Marks 05 Marks

3. Explain with reference to context (any three out of five)

12 Marks

4. Short notes (any two out of four) 08 Marks 5. Answer the following question (any two out of

three) 20 Marks

6. Grammar (Masculine genders) 10 Marks Total 80 Marks

11

7. BASIC – PERSIAN


Prescribed textbook Following portion only Manzumate-Aqlaque Bahaar Mashadi, Ustad Betaab & Arif Quizwani. Textbook Shukhan-E-Naw(Part-II) by Manzoor Ahmed Khan Pub:-Educational book house Aligarh.

Scheme of Examination 1. Total marks-100 Theory -80 marks Internal test Assessment 17 and attendance 3 marks=20. 2. In each paper two tests shall be conducted for the award of Internal Assessment marks, and each of one hour duration for a maximum of 20 marks reduced to 17 later. First test shall be conducted in 8th week and 2nd test in 12th week of respective semester. The Average marks obtained in the two tests for 17 marks shall be taken as final Internal Assessment Marks test component.

Scheme of Examination

Q1.Multiple choice questions 1*10=10 Q2.Essay type questions from the text 3*05=15 Q3.Questions on R.C from the text 3*05=15 Q4.Translation & Explanation from the text 3*05=15 Q5.Summary of the Passage/Poem from the text with choice 1*15=15 Q6.Short notes with choice (On the history of Persian Literature) 2*05=10

12

8. BASIC - HINDI

SSyyllllaabbuuss ooff BB.. SScc//BBCCAA II SSeemmeesstteerr HHiinnddii BBaassiicc 22001166--1177 oonnwwaarrddss

TTeeaacchhiinngg hhoouurrss ppeerr wweeeekk:: 0055 hhoouurrss TToottaall MMaarrkkss:: 110000 MMaarrkkss EExxaammiinnaattiioonn:: 0033 hhoouurrss TThheeoorryy:: 8800 MMaarrkkss

IInntteerrnnaall AAsssseessssmmeenntt:: 2200 MMaarrkkss

TTeexxtt BBooookkss:: 11.. AAÍÍppÉÉllÉÉuuÉÉ MMüüjjÉÉÉÉ ppÉÉÉÉUUiiÉÉÏÏ--xxÉÉ ÇÇ.. ccÉÉ¢¢üükkÉÉUU,, xxÉÉ ÑÑÍÍqqÉÉ§§ÉÉ mmÉÉ ëëMMüüÉÉzzÉÉllÉÉ,, CCssÉÉÉÉWW ûûÉÉooÉÉÉÉSS 22.. uurrÉÉÉÉMMüüUUhhÉÉ-- ((ÌÌuuÉÉMMüüÉÉUUÏÏ zzÉÉooSS-- xxÉÉ ÇÇ¥¥ÉÉÉÉ,, xxÉÉuuÉÉ ïïllÉÉÉÉqqÉÉ,, ÌÌuuÉÉzzÉÉååwwÉÉhhÉÉ,, ÌÌ¢¢üürrÉÉÉÉ)) 33.. AAmmÉÉÌÌPP ûûiiÉÉ UUccÉÉllÉÉÉÉ DDiissttrriibbuuttiioonn ooff MMaarrkkss

AAÍÍppÉÉllÉÉuuÉÉ MMüüjjÉÉÉÉ ppÉÉÉÉUUiiÉÉÏÏ -- 5555 AA ÇÇMMüü uurrÉÉÉÉMMüüUUhhÉÉ -- 1155 AA ÇÇMMüü

AAmmÉÉÌÌPP ûûiiÉÉ UUccÉÉllÉÉÉÉ -- 1100 AA ÇÇMMüü AA OObbjjeeccttiivvee TTyyppee QQuueessttiioonnss ((1100 oouutt ooff 1144)) 1100 MMaarrkkss BB AAnnnnoottaattiioonnss ffrroomm TTeexxtt BBooookk ((33oouutt ooff 55)) 1155 MMaarrkkss CC EEssssaayy TTyyppee ooff QQuueessttiioonnss ffrroomm TTeexxtt BBooookk ((22 oouutt ooff 44)) 2200 MMaarrkkss DD SShhoorrtt NNootteess ffrroomm TTeexxtt BBooookk ((22oouutt ooff 44)) 1100 MMaarrkkss EE GGrraammmmaarr 1155 MMaarrkkss FF AAmmÉÉÌÌPP ûûiiÉÉ UUccÉÉllÉÉÉÉ ((CCoommpprreehheennssiioonn)) 1100 MMaarrkkss TThheeoorryy ttoottaall 8800 MMaarrkkss

IInntteerrnnaall AAsssseessssmmeenntt 2200 MMaarrkkss TToottaall 110000 MMaarrkkss

RReeffeerreennccee BBooookkss:: 11.. mmÉÉ ëë ååqqÉÉccÉÉÇÇSS AAÉÉ ææUU eeÉÉllÉÉuuÉÉÉÉSSÏÏ xxÉÉÉÉÌÌWW ûûiirrÉÉ MMüüÐÐ mmÉÉUUqqmmÉÉUUÉÉ –– MM ÑÑ ÇÇüüuuÉÉUUmmÉÉÉÉssÉÉ ÍÍxxÉÉ ÇÇWW ûû 22.. ÌÌWW ÇÇ ûûSSÏÏ MMüüWW ûûÉÉllÉÉÏÏ MMüüÉÉ CCÌÌiiÉÉWW ûûÉÉxxÉÉ-- aaÉÉÉÉ ååmmÉÉÉÉssÉÉ UUÉÉrrÉÉ -- 33.. ÌÌWW ÇÇ ûûSSÏÏ MMüüWW ûûÉÉllÉÉÏÏ LLMMüü AAlliiÉÉrrÉÉÉÉ ïï§§ÉÉÉÉ-- UUÉÉqq ÉÉSSUUzzÉÉ ÍÍqqÉÉ´ÉÉ 44.. ÌÌWW ÇÇ ûûSSÏÏ MMüüWW ûûÉÉllÉÉÏÏ MMüüÉÉ ÌÌuuÉÉMMüüÉÉxxÉÉ-- qqÉÉkkÉÉÑÑUU ååzzÉÉ 55.. xxÉÉÉÉPP ûûÉÉ åå¨ÉÉUUÏÏ ÌÌWW ÇÇ ûûSSÏÏ MMüüWW ûûÉÉllÉÉÏÏ qqÉÉ åå ÇÇ mmÉÉÉÉ§§ÉÉ AAÉÉ ææUU ccÉÉËËUU§§ÉÉ ÍÍccÉÉ§§ÉÉhhÉÉ -- QQ ûûÊÊ.. UUÉÉqqÉÉmmÉÉëëxxÉÉÉÉSS 66.. ÌÌWW ÇÇ ûûSSÏÏ MMüüWW ûûÉÉllÉÉÏÏ mmÉÉÉÉPP ûû AAÉÉææUU mmÉÉ ëëÌÌ¢¢üürrÉÉÉÉ-- xxÉÉÑÑUU åå ÇÇSS ìì ccÉÉÉÉ æækkÉÉUUÏÏ 77.. AAÉÉeeÉÉ MMüüÐÐ MMüüWW ûûÉÉllÉÉÏÏ-- ÌÌuuÉÉeeÉÉrrÉÉ qqÉÉÉÉååWW ûûllÉÉ ÍÍxxÉÉ ÇÇWW ûû 88.. uurrÉÉÉÉMMüüUUhhÉÉ mmÉÉ ëëSSÏÏmmÉÉ-- UUÉÉeeÉÉSS ååuuÉÉ 99.. AAÉÉkkÉÉ ÑÑÌÌllÉÉMMüü ÌÌWW ÇÇ ûûSSÏÏ uurrÉÉÉÉMMüüUUhhÉÉ UUccÉÉllÉÉÉÉ-- QQ ûûÊÊ.. uuÉÉÉÉxxÉÉ ÑÑSS ååuuÉÉllÉÉ ÇÇSSllÉÉ mmÉÉ ëëxxÉÉÉÉSS 1100.. AAÉÉkkÉÉ ÑÑÌÌllÉÉMMüü ÌÌWW ÇÇ ûûSSÏÏ uurrÉÉÉÉMMüüUUhhÉÉ MMüüÉÉ xxuuÉÉÃÃmmÉÉ-- QQ ûûÊÊ.. ppÉÉÉÉUUiiÉÉÏÏ ZZÉÉ ÑÑooÉÉssÉÉMMüüUU 1111.. ccÉÉ¢¢üükkÉÉUU MMüüÐÐ xxÉÉÉÉÌÌWW ûûiirrÉÉkkÉÉÉÉUUÉÉ-- qqÉÉÉÉMM ïïüüQQ åå ÇÇ ûûrrÉÉ

13

Group – II

OPTIONAL / COMPULSORY SUBJECT FOR THE DEGREE IN SCIENCE SUBJECTS

Science Subjects: (any three subject of equal importance to be chosen as per the grouping given by Rani Channamma University, Belagavi) DETAILED SYLLABUS OF FOLLOWING PAPERS WITH PRACTICALS

1. MICROBIOLOGY (Optional)

SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS

SEMESTER- I

PAPER - GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY

Total Hours Allotted: 50

Unit-1 Introduction Microbes and origin of life, History, Scope, Branches.Contribution of Scientist to the field of microbiology .Antony Van Leeuwenhoek, Edward Jenner, LazanSpallanzani, Louis Pasteur, Joseph listyer, Robert Koch, Alexander Fleming and Iwanowsky.

10 -Hours

Unit-2Taxonomy Heakels three kingdom of classification, Whittaker’s Five kingdom of classification-Monera, Protista, Fungi, Mycota, Planate&Animalia. Different trends in classification ofMicroorganisms. Principles and methods of classification. 8-Hours Unit-3 Characteristics of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cells. Size, Shape, arrangement, cell wall, cell membrane, ultra structure of cell organelles. 7- Hours

14

Unit-4 Microbial structure and Organization.

General characters,Classification, Morphology, Cultivation, Reproduction and significance of: i) Rickettsia ii) Chlamydia iii) Mycoplasma iv) Actinomycetes 10 hours

Unit-5Composition of 3- domain of organisms Structure of Archae ,Bacteria ,Eukarya

7-Hours

Unit6 Viruses. Early developments of virology , Principles of viral taxonomy , General structure and properties of viruses -Bacteriophage (T4 )Plant viruses (TMV) Animal viruses (Herpes Virus) .Prions and Viriods – Nature and significance

4-Hours

Unit 7

Distribution of microorganisms in air, water, soil and their significances.

4- Hours

PRACTICALS-1.2General Microbiology

1. Laboratory Safety: General rules and regulations. 2. Study of compound microscope- Construction, working, principle, care

to be taken while using the microscope. Use of oil immersion objective 3. Study of aseptic techniques-preparation of cotton plugs for test tubes

and pipettes, wrapping of petri-plates and pipettes, transfer of media and inoculums.

4. Study of Bacterial motility by hanging drop method. 5. Counting of Yeast cells And Fungal Spores by Haemocytometer. 6. Isolation of microorganisms from Air, water and Soils and studying their

characteristics. 7. Micrometery

15

REFERENCES:

1. Atlas.R.M. “Microbiology- Fundamental and Applications” Mac Millian Publishing company New York.

2. Cappucino J.C. And Shermani. N-1999 Microbiology- A laboratory manual, AdelosonWessey.

3. Colowod, D 1999, “Microbial Diversity” Academic Press. 4. Edward Aleam T.1997 “ Fundamentals of Microbiology”-5thEdn,

AdilsonWeselyLongaman Inc. New York. 5. Madigan M.T. and Martinoko J.M. and Parker, J-1997 “ Biology of

Microbiology “ 8thedn, McGraw Hill Inc New York. 6. Powar and Daginwala-1994 “Microbiology” –Vol.I and II Himalaya

Publication, New York. 7. Salle. A.J. “Fundamentials Principles of Bacteriology” Tata McGraw Hill

Publication Company Ltd.New Delhi. 8. Sullia S.B and Shantaram S.1998” General Microbiology” Oxford and IBH

Publishing Co Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.

16

2. PHYSICS (Optional)


Physics 1.1: MECHANICS AND PROPERTIES OF MATTER. (Total Hours: 50)

Subject CODE: 17BSCPHYT11

UNIT I SHM Differential equation of linear SHM. Energy of a particle, potential energy and kinetic energy (derivation), composition of two rectangular SHM’s having same periods, Lissajous figures. Problems. ( 3 + 1 = 4 hours) Linear momentum Concept of frames of reference. Laws of conservation of Linear Momentum for a System of particles. Elastic Collision between two particles in Laboratory and Center of Mass frames of references. Inelastic collision between two particles in Laboratory and Center of Mass frames of references(without derivation). Conservation of Linear Momentum in case of variable mass. Derivation of equation of motion for Single Stage Rocket Problems. (5 + 1 = 6 Hours)

UNIT II Angular momentum for system of particles: Angular Momentum and torque, Conservation of angular momentum, central force, Kepler’s Second Law(derivation). Spin, Orbital and Total Angular Momentum. Problems. (3 + 1 = 4 Hours) Conservation of energy and elements of satellite motion: Conservation of energy as a basic principle including mass – energy ( qualitative ). Simple harmonic oscillations of a Light Spiral Spring (illustration with derivation ). Derivation of velocity (orbital velocity and escape velocity) in Closed and Open orbit in a central field, Escape velocity of a satellite: stationary satellites, weightlessness. Problems ( 5 + 1 = 6 hours)

17

UNIT III

Rigid body dynamics Moment of inertia and its physical significance. Derivation for theorems of moment of inertia. Derivation of expression for moment of inertia of rectangular lamina, thin Uniform rod, Circular disc. Qualitative discussion on Moment of Inertia of Annular ring ,hollow and solid cylinders. Theory of bar pendulum and compound pendulum. Experimental determination of Moment of inertia of Fly wheel with relevant theory. Problems ( 8 + 2 = 10 hours)

UNIT IV

Elasticity Moduli of elasticity of isotropic materials and relation between three moduli of elasticity (derivation ). Poisson’s Ratio, bending of beams, expression for bending Ratio. Expression for bending moment ( derivation ). Theory of Light cantilever and loaded at the free end and at the center. Expression for couple per unit twist, torsional pendulum. Problems ( 9 + 1 = 10 hours)

UNIT V Surface tension Introduction to surface tension, derivations for Pressure difference across a curved liquid surface and expression for rise of liquid in a capillary tube. Determination of surface tension by Quinke’s method with relevant theory. Effect of temperature and impurity on surface tension. Problems (4 + 1 = 5 hours) Viscosity Introduction to viscosity, streamline and turbulent flow. Derivation of Poiseuelli’s formula for the flow of viscous fluid through a narrow tube . Motion of body in a viscous medium-Stoke’s law with derivation and expression for terminal velocity example: velocity of rain drop. Problems ( 4 + 1 = 5 hours)

18

PHYSICS 1.2 : LAB – I

Subject CODE: 17BSCPHYP12

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Bar pendulum. 2. Flat spiral spring. 3. M.I. of Fly wheel. 4. Rigidity modulus – Torsional Pendulum. 5. Verification of parallel and perpendicular axes theorems of M.I. 6. Young’s modulus ( Y ) by uniform Bending – load Vs depression graph. 7. Young’s modulus ( Y ) by cantilever - load Vs depression graph. 8. Surface tension by Quincke’s method. 9. Coefficient of viscosity by Stoke’s method. 10. Radius of capillary tube by mercury pellet method. NOTE: 1. Experiments are of four hours duration. 2. Minimum of eight experiments to be performed. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mechanics - D.S.Mathur 2. Mechanics - J.C.Upadhya. 3. Properties of Matter- D.S.Mathur 4. Properties of Matter- Brij lal and Subramanyam. 5. Physics (Vol - I) – Resnick and Halliday. 6. Berkeley Physics ( Vol - I ).

19

3. GEOLOGY (Optional)

SYLLABI FOR B.SC.I & II SEMESTER GEOLOGY (OPTIONAL)

2017-18

S. No. Paper Code Title of the Paper Marks Exam

Time

Inst. Hrs/ week Theory/

Practical Internal Total

B.Sc Semester I

1. DYNAMIC GEOLOGY, CRYSTALLOGRAPHY & FIELD GEOLOGY

80 20* 100 3 hrs 4

2. PRACTICAL : STUDY OF TOPOSHEETS, GEOMORPHOLOGICAL MODELS & CRYSTAL MODELS

40 10** 50 4 hrs 4

B.Sc Semester II

3. MINERALOGY & OPTICAL MINERALOGY

80 20* 100 3 hrs 4

4. PRACTICAL: MINERALOGY & OPTICAL MINERALOGY

40 10** 50 4 hrs 4

*Theory Internal 20 marks covers: Two theory tests in each semester; AND **One Practical internal test of 10 marks in each semester.

a) Student batch: As this is a semi technical and at present available only at GSS College, each batch should consist of not more than 10 students for the regular practical classes.

b) Study Tour: There will be a Geological Study Tour to the places of geological interest mainly to study the field occurrence of geological features during each SEMESTER. It carries weightage in the final practical marks. Each student shall submit a consolidated study tour report along with the journal.

c) Practical Record: Submission of a well-maintained Journal of the Practical Work done during the semester is necessary before the Practical Examination.

d) Assignments: The students will be given assignments, which are to be submitted before the 2nd Internal Test examination.

e) Attendance: All the students need to attend and maintain 75% minimum.

All this carries 10 marks including viva-voce.

20

OBJECTIVES: Introduce the ward to the geological processes, earth resources, our natural environment and the human interactions from a geological perspective. Topics to be covered will include; Earth Materials and Structure, Human interactions with nature, Environmental Hazards, Pollution of the Environment, Natural Resources, Energy Sources and their exploitation. Through these objectives the students will achieve the following know how:

· Develop the understanding of earth and its material. · Develop greater self-awareness of personal role regarding environmental issues. · Increase awareness of environmental issues and how they affect society. · Develop skills and insight into critical thinking and situational awareness of

surrounding environment. · Gain an understanding of the physical processes that operate in and on earth. · Understand the interactions between humans and the geological processes. · Understand past, present, and future environmental issues and how they affect the

earth and our society.

NATURE OF THEORY AND PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

a) Theory Examination: (Total 100 Marks)

i) There will be one theory paper of 80 marks in each semester.

Each paper will contain THREE Sections, which are to be written in the same answer book.

PART A: TWELVE Questions (Definitions/two sentence answers) numbered l-12, each of 2 marks. Students need to answer ANY TEN questions. (2x10 = 20 Marks)

PART B: SIX Questions (Short answers) numbered as 13,14,15,16,17 & 18. Each of FIVE marks students need to answer ANY FOUR questions (4x5 = 20 Marks)

PART C: FIVE Questions (Descriptive answers) numbered 19,20,21,22 & 23. Each of TEN marks, students need to answer ANY FOUR questions (4x10 = 40 Marks)

ii) The remaining 20 marks are allotted for Internal Assessment Marks – of 1 hour 15 minutes for two internal tests in theory.

a. Two internal tests of 20 marks each reduced to 10 marks. b. Internal Assignment/Seminars/Student project work/Viva-voce (10 marks): Students are

given assignments/seminars on the subject taught or a student project work.

b) Practical Examination: Total 50 Marks.

a. Practical examination will have 3 or 4 Questions of 30 marks. b. Practical Record (Journal), Field study tour report and Viva Voce carry (10 marks). c. Practical Internal test: One internal test of 20 marks reduced to 10. (10 marks).

21

B.Sc (GEOLOGY OPTIONAL) SEMESTER I

DYNAMIC GEOLOGY, CRYSTALLOGRAPHY & FIELD GEOLOGY

Max. Marks: 80 Total teaching hours: 50 (4 hrs/week)

UNIT TOPIC Hrs

I

A. DYNAMIC GEOLOGY Introduction: Definition of Geology, branches of geology, role of geology in the development of mankind.

10

Origin of Earth: Nebular– Planetesimal hypotheses; Big bang theory, cooling and consolidation of earth. Interior of Earth: Interpretation of interior of earth using seismic waves, Mohorovicic and Gutenberg discontinuities. General description of Crust, Mantle and Core. Geological Agents: Epigene and Hypogene agents. Epigene agents: atmospheric- heat, gases, moisture, surface-subsurface water, sea water, wind and ice.

Hypogene agents: Internal heat, hydrothermal solutions, magma.

Isostacy: Pratt’s and Ary’s hypotheses.

Seafloor Spreading, Continental Drift Theory and Plate Tectonics: Wegener’s Theory of Continental Drift. Mid Oceanic Ridges, Convection currents, Constructive and Destructive plate boundaries (Divergent, Convergent and Transform)

II

Weathering: Definition, agents of weathering- Physical, Chemical and Biological. Physical weathering: frost action (wedging and heaving); thermal weathering- spheroidal weathering (exfoliation); action of gravity- scree, talus, Chemical weathering: Water as a chemical agent. Oxidation, hydration and carbonation. Biological weathering: Action of plants, animals and man. Products of weathering-formation and types of soil.

10

Wind : Geological action of wind- erosion, transportation and deposition

Erosion and Erosional features- deflation- winnowing action, oasis, playas. Abrasion- ventifact, pedestal rocks, yardang, pinnacles/ inselberg. Attrition- millet seed sand. Transportation- Suspension, saltation, traction/rolling.

Deposition a nd depositional features: sand dunes- longitudinal, transverse dunes, barchans and loess deposit.

Coastal Processes: Definition of Coast. Types of Coasts. Shoreline of Emergence & Subsidence. Waves and Tides. Geological work of Sea waves – Erosion, Transportation and Deposition. Coastal landforms -Island, Beach, Estuary, Bay, Cliffs, Longshore Bar, Spit, Barrier and Fore dunes.

22

III

River: Origin of River. Stages of River: Initial stage, Youth stage - water fall, cascade, and river capture/piracy; Valley -V-shape valley, vertical cutting; canyon/gorge; pot hole; Mature stage- lateral cutting, meandering, oxbow lake, natural levee, flood plain, alluvial fan; and Old stage- base level of erosion, and delta. Geological action of River- erosion: hydraulic action- abrasion, attrition, corrosion; Transportation: solution, suspension, saltation and rolling. Formation of river terraces and their types.

10 Glacier: Definition, snow field, snow line, neve/fern.

Movement of glaciers, types of glaciers – valley glacier, piedmont glacier, ice sheet. Surface features: Crevasses, types of crevasses – bergshrund, longitudinal, transverse and marginal. Geological action of Glacier: erosion – abrasion, excavation/valley plucking, frost wedging and scraping; Erosional features- cirque/corrie, arête, horns, U-shape valley, hanging valley, rochesmoutonnee. Deposition – depositional features: moraines- lateral, medial, terminal/end, ground moraines, tillite, erratic/perched block. Glacio-fluvial deposits- Outwash plain, kettle hole, kames, drumlins, eskers.

IV

Volcano: Definition – typical volcano. Classification of volcanoes: active, dormant and extinct. Types of eruptions: fissure and central eruptions. Products of volcano: liquid (lava), solid (cinder, lapilli, volcanic bombs, áá, ash) and Gases. Effects of volcano.

10 Earthquake: Definition – focus and epicenter. Seismic waves: body (P & S) and surface waves (Love & Rayleigh); Causes- non tectonic (volcanic, landslides, explosions) and tectonic: elastic rebound theory; classification based on depth of epicenter; intensity: Mercali and Richter scale; seismograph and seismogram; seismic belt of India; effects of earth quake & tsunami; and prediction of earthquakes.

V

B. CRYSTALLOGRAPHY

10

Definition of crystal, morphological characters of crystal – face, form, edge, solid angles, Euler’s law.

Interfacial angle, Contact Goniometer and its use. Symmetry characters– Plane, axes and centre. Crystallographic axes, axial ratio and notation. Parameters- Weiss parameter, Miller indices. Study of crystal forms of normal classes of all six crystal systems- 1) Isometric, 2) Tetragonal, 3) Trigonal, 4) Hexagonal, 5) Orthorhombic, 6) Monoclinic and 7) Triclinic.

C. FIELD GEOLOGY Geological Equipments: Brief introduction to - Toposheet, Hammer, Hand lens, Clinometer and Brunton Compass. Global Positioning System. Geological Field Report: Aims and Objectives, Introduction, Study Area, Accessibility, Climate, Geology of the area, Methodology, Results, Discussions, Conclusion, Bibliography and Appendix.

23

PRACTICAL

GEOMORPHOLOGY, CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND FIELD GEOLOGY

Max. Marks: 40 Time: 4 hrs/week Total 50 hrs

1. Interpretation of topographical maps; latitude-longitude, conventions, relief, drainage, settlement, transportation and communication.

2. Describe the following geomorphological models with neat sketch and labeling: Stages of river- Initial, Youth, Mature and Old stage; typical volcano; karst topography; glacial landforms; coastal landforms.

3. Crystallography: Forms of a crystal: face, edge, solid angle, Euler’s law, Interfacial angle with the help of Contact Goniometer. Study of elements of symmetry of crystal models of normal classes of six crystal systems: Isometric/Cubic, Tetragonal, Orthorhombic, Hexagonal, Monoclinic, Triclinic systems.

4. Demonstration: Taking bearings with the help of Brunton compass, Clinometer to find out dip and strike of the beds (attitude of beds). Taking bearing with Global Positioning System (GPS).

BOOKS RECOMMENDED

1. Principles of Physical Geology A. Holmes 2. Geomorphology V.K. Sharma 3. Aspects of tectonics K.S. Valdiya 4. Environmental Geology K.S. Valdiya 5. General Geology Radhakrishanan. V 6. A text book of Geology Mahapatra, G.B 7. Text book of Geology P.K.Mukherjee 8. Text book of Geology A.K.Datta 9. Engineering Geology Parbin Singh 10. Principles of Engineering Geology K.M.Bangar 11. Dana's Text book of Mineralogy W.E. Ford 12. Introduction to Geomorphology V.S. Kale & Avijit Gupta 13. An introduction to crystallography Phillips, P.C 14. Optical Crystallography Wahlstrom E E 15. Principles of Engineering Geology Bangar 16. Field Geology F.H.Lahee

24

4. CHEMISTRY (Optional)

COURSE PATTERN

Semester Particulars Instruction Hours per week

Duration of Exams

Internal Assessment Marks

Examination Marks

I Theory Paper-I 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Practical-I 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

II Theory Paper-II 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Practical-II 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

III Theory Paper-III 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Practical-III 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

IV Theory Paper-IV 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Practical-IV 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

V

Theory Paper-Va 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Theory Paper-Vb 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Practical-Va 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40 Practical-Vb 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

VI

Theory Paper-VIa 4hrs 3hrs 20 80

Theory Paper-VIb 4hrs 3hrs 20 80

Practical-VIa 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40 Practical-VIb 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

25

CHEMISTRY

TEACHING HOURS : 50 HOURS


IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Atomic structure and Periodic trends 06 hours Review of Bohr's atomic model, calculation of radius and energy of nth orbital, extension of bohr’s theory-Sommerfield model, deBroglie hypothesis, deBroglie equation,(Derivation), experimental verification-Davisson-Germer experiment, Quantum numbers and their significance, electronic configuration of the elements up to atomic number 60, Aufbau principle, Hund's rule, (n+l) rule, Pauli's exclusion principle. Chemical bonding- I 04 hours Ionic bonding: factors affecting the formation of ionic bonding, Lattice energy and its determination by Born-Haber cycle. Covalent bond: Types, factors favouring covalent bond, properties of covalent compounds. Valence bond theory with respect to H2, F2, HCl molecules and its limitations. Methods of analysis 04 hours Errors in quantitative analysis, classification and minimization, accuracy, precision, standard deviation, t-test, significant figure and rules for computations. Principles of volumetric analysis 04 hours Concentration terms, normality, molarity, mole fraction, percentage, primary standard solution, titration-acid-base, precipitation, iodometric, redox and complexometric(with reference to EDTA) titrations, choice of indicators in the above titrations.

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Purification of organic compounds 04 hours Methods of purification of solids: Crystallization, fractional crystallization and sublimation. Method of purification of liquids: Distillation, fractional distillation, distillation under reduced pressure, steam distillation. Chromatography: General principles, types, brief outline of thin layer chromatography, paper chromatography and column chromatography, solvent extraction. Criteria of purity: Melting point and boiling point.

26

Stereochemistry of organic molecules 06 hours Cycloalkanes: Baeyer’s strain theory, calculation of angle strain, Sachse Mohr theory of strainless rings. Chair and boat forms of cyclohexane. Axial and equatorial bonds. Conformational isomerism: Basic concept of conformational analysis with reference to ethane and butane. Geometrical isomerism: definition, E and Z notation for 2-butene and butenedioic acid, rules for assigning notations. Determination of configuration of butenedioic acid by anhydride formation, dipole moment measurement, melting point and stability. Optical isomerism: Chirality, van't Hoff-Lebel hypothesis, optical activity, D and L-configurations, R and S notations, sequence and priority rules, enantiomers, distereoisomers, epimers, anomers, racemic and meso (with suitable examples like lactic and tartaric acids.), racemisation, resolution of racemic mixture by chemical method, asymmetric synthesis, Walden inversion. Spectroscopy 06 hours Introduction to conventional methods of elucidation of structure of organic compounds (chemical degradation) and comparison with spectroscopic methods, electromagnetic spectrum. UV spectroscopy: Principle, types of transitions, chromophores, concept of auxochromes and their effect on λmax, bathochromic shift, hypsochromic shift, hypochromic and hyperchromic shift. Woodward and Fieser rules and illustration of calculation of λmax taking myrcene and B-phelladrene as examples.

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

Gaseous State 06 hours Real gas isotherms, Andrew’s experiment of CO2, PV-relationship, critical phenomenon of gases. Critical constants(Pc, Vc, Tc) – Definition, of critical temperature, critical pressure & critical volume. Relationship between critical constants and Vanderwaals constants, experimental determination of critical constants, reduced equation of state and statement of law of corresponding states. Liquification of gases(Linde’s method only), Maxwell’s law of distribution of molecular velocities(No derivation), effect temperature on distribution of molecular velocities. Solutions 04hours Solution of gas in liquid – Henry’s law and limitations.

27

Completely miscible liquid pairs. azeotropes, theory of azeotropic mixtures, partially miscible liquid systems, critical solution temperature with respect to phenol water, triethyl amine-water and nicotinewater system. Salt-hydrolysis 4 hours Types of salts, definition of degree of hydrolysis and hydrolysis constant derive the relation between Kh, Ka & Kw and expression for pH in case of hydrolysis of the following - salts of weak base and strong acid, weak acid and strong base. Numerical problems. Nernst distribution law 2 hours Statement and limitations, applications of Nernst distribution law in solvent extraction. REFERENCE BOOKS Inorganic chemistry 01. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Cotton and Wilkinson 02. Concise Inorganic Chemistry J.D. Lee 03. Inorganic Chemistry Huhee and Keiter 04. Inorganic Chemistry Shriver and Atkin 05. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry Puri and shrama 06. Inorganic Chemistry A. G. Sharpe 07. Essential Chemistry R. Chand 08. University Chemistry Mahan and Myers 09. Modern Inorganic Chemistry Madan 10. Modern Inorganic Chemistry Satya prakash 11. Inorganic Chemistry for Under graduates R. Gopalan 12. College Practical Chemistry Ahluwalia, Dhingra and Gulati 13. Instrumental method of chemical analysis Willard, Martin and Dean Organic chemistry 01. Text Book of Organic Chemistry Bahl and Bahl 02. Organic Spectroscopy P.S. Kalsi 03. Organic Chemistry I. L. Finar Vol I and II 04. Advanced Organic Chemistry Jerry March 05. Organic Chemistry Morrison & Boyd 06. Modern Organic Chemistry Norman & Wadding Physical chemistry 01. Physical Chemistry P.W. Atkins 02. Introduction to Physical Chemistry Mark Latd 03. Text Book of Physical Chemistry S. Glastone 04. Principles of Physical Chemistry Puri Sharma & Pathania 05. Text Book of Physical Chemistry P.L.Soni

28

06. Text Book of Physical Chemistry M.V. Sangaranarayanan

B.Sc. I SEMESTER CHEMISTRY PRACTICALS

Total number of hours per week: 04 Internal Assessment=10 Marks Total No. of hours per Semester: 52 Practicals: 40 Marks A. Demonstration of calibration of glasswares(burette, pipette) and

weights(grams and milligrams). B. Preparation of standard solution, calculation of mass of the solute to be

dissolved in 250ml solution to get required normality. C. Volumetric estimations

01. Preparation of standard sodium carbonate solution(Idea of primary standard solution), standardisation of HCl and estimation of NaOH using standard HCl solution.

02. Preparation of standard oxalic acid solution, Standardisation of KMnO4

solution and estimation of FAS solution.

03. Preparation of standard potassium dichromate, standardisation of ferrous sulphate solution and estimation of KMnO4 using standard ferrous sulphate solution.

04. Estimation of zinc using standard EDTA solution.

05. Estimation of total hardness using standard EDTA solution.

06. Estimation of available chlorine in bleaching powder by iodometric method.

07. Estimation of carbonate and bicarbonate in a mixture using phenolphthalein

and methyl orange indicators.

08. Estimation of iodine using standard thiosulphate solution-Demonstartion. D. Simple gravimetric experiments

29

E. Determination of the percentage loss in weight of I) Zinc carbonate II) barium chloride III) mixture of barium sulphate and ammonium chloride IV) Mixture of Zinc oxide and Zinc carbonate on heating.

5. ELECTRONICS (Optional) 2017-18 onwards

Electronics (Optional) Sl. No

Year Semester

Title of the Paper Code No

Teaching

Hour

*Marks Method

Book Reference

1

2017-

18

I BASICS OF CIRCUIT ANALYSIS & INSTRUMENTS

A 280 4 80 Given in the Syllabus Copy

II CIRCUITS AND DEVICES B 280 4 80

2

2018-19

III OSCILLATORS , OP AMP & NETWORKS

C 280 4 80

IV DIGITAL ELECTRONICS D 280 4 80

3

2019-20

V

Paper-I COMMUNICATION , SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS & TRANSDUCERS

E 290 4 80

Paper-II MICROPROCESSOR AND

MICROCONTROLLER

E 300 4 80

2019-20

VI

Paper-I DIGITAL COMMUNICATION ,

SATELLITE COMMUNICATION & TELEVISION

F 290 4 80

Paper-II COMPUTER CONCEPTS AND C-

PROGRAMMING

F 300 4 80

*Marks Method:

Part-I 2 marks questions ( Answer any 10 out of 12 questions)=20 Marks Part-II 5 marks questions ( Answer any 4 out of 6 questions)=20 Marks Part-III 10 marks questions ( Answer any 4 out of 5 questions)=40 Marks Total Marks=80

30

I Semesters

2017-18 onwards

B. Sc. SEMESTER –I

Total Teaching hours: 50, Teaching hours per week : 4 hours

ELE-1 BASICS OF CIRCUIT ANALYSIS & INSTRUMENTS

UNIT – I: PASSIVE CIRCUIT ELEMENTS & NETWORK ANALYSIS

Basic principle of Transformer. Wave form types (Sine, Square , Triangular, Trigger pulses & Saw tooth). Voltage & Current sources. Kirchoff’s laws- Statement & Problems related to voltage & current division in series & parallel network. Node & mesh analysis for DC networks.

Network theorems: Thevnin’s and Norton’s theorem, Superposition theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Millman’s theorem,Maximum power transfer theorem(statement, proof, simple numerical examples applicable to DC only).

8Hrs.+2Hrs.Problems =10hrs

UNIT – II: TRANSIENT CIRCUITS AND AC CIRCUITS

Growth and Decay of current in series RL circuit , Study of charging and discharging of capacitor through RC circuit. Time constant.

Operator j, Argand diagram, LCR Series and parallel circuits, Expression for current, impedance, admittance and phase using j operator. Condition for Resonance, Resonant Frequency, Band width and Q-factor.


UNIT – III: NETWORK PARAMETERS

Two port network (Definition) Z ,Y and h-parameters. Relation between parameter sets, Equivalent model representation of two port network. T and p network(Network transformation T to p and vice versa) short circuit impedance, Open circuit impedance and characteristic impedance.


31

UNIT – IV: FILTERS

Concept of filters, Constant K-type filters ; Low pass filter, high pass filters, band pass filters & band elimination. Derivation(Design impedance, Characteristic impedance, Cut off Frequencies, Attenuation constant and Phase constant) and design of filters. 8Hrs.+2Hrs.Problems =10hrs

UNIT – V: MEASURING INSTRUMENTS

DC indicating Instruments: PMMC Galvanometer (D’Arsonal Movement ) Principle, Construction and Working - Current Sensitivity, - Advantages and Disadvantages - Conversion of Galvanometer into Ammeter, Multirange ammeter, Voltmeter, Loading Effect, Multirange voltmeter and Ohmmeter (Series and Shunt Types qualitative only).Multimeter. Functional block diagram of CRO, Use of CRO in measurements (frequency, voltage & phase). Frequency and Phase measurement using Lissajous pattern. 8Hrs.+2Hrs.Problems =10hrs

Reference Books: 1. Integrated Electronics Millman and Halkias 2. Principal of Electronics – Malvino 3. Principal of Electronics – Malvino 4. Devices and Circuit – G.K.Mithal 5. Principles of Electronics – Boylsted 6. Devices and Circuit – Allen Mottershed 7. Networks, Lines and Fields – John D Ryder 8. Network Analysis – Van Valkamburg 9. Electricity and Magnetism Brijlal and subramanyam 10. Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits Bargav, etal (TTTI Publications) 11. Principles of electronics Volume –I & III - B.V.Narayan Rao 12. Network Analysis by GK Mittal 13. Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation By Shawney. 14. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques. By, A.D. Helfrick and

W.D. Cooper 15. Electronic Instrumentation By, Kalsi.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Lab-1:

Each experiment is of four hours duration. Minimum EIGHT experiments are to be performed in the semester course

1. Verification of Thevinin’s and Norton’s theorem (Ladder network).

32

2. Maximum power transfer theorem(For DC and AC)

3. Millman’s theorem.

4. Superposition theorem.

5. Multirange ammeter

6. Multirange voltmeter.

8. Ohmmeter.

9. Use of CRO( Frequency, voltage measurement of sine and square waves)

10 Lissajous pattern study using CRO.

11. Low-Pass filter ( constant K type T and

12. High-Pass filter ( constant K type T and

13. Band-Pass filter/Band Elimination filter ( constant K type networks)

14. h-parameters for a two port resistive network.

33

6. GEOGRAPHY (Optional)

RANI CHANNAMMA UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B. A. / B. Sc SEMESTER GEOGRAPHY (OPTIONAL)

COURSE STRUCTURE (SCHEME) UNDER CBSE SYSTEM

WITH EFFECT FROM 2015-2016 ON WARDS

Sem. Title of the Paper

Teaching

Hours per

Week

Marks Internal

Assessment Marks (IA)

Total Marks

Duration of

Examination

I

Theory Paper - I Part – A: Physical Geography Practical Paper - I Representation of Relief

05

04

80

40

20

10

100

50

3 hours

4 hours

II

Theory Paper - II Part – B: Physical Geography Practical Paper - II Basics of Cartography (Maps & Scales)

05

04

80

40

20

10

100

50

3 hours

4 hours

III

Theory Paper – III Regional Geography of Karnataka Practical Paper - III Interpretation of SOI Topographical Maps

05

04

80

40

20

10

100

50

3 hours

4 hours

IV

Theory Paper – IV Population Geography Practical Paper - IV Cartographic Representation of Geographical Data

05

04

80

40

20

10

100

50

3 hors

4 hours

V

Theory Paper- V -Compulsory Regional Geography of India Practical Paper - V Interpretation of IMD Weather Maps

Theory Paper -VI - Optional (select any one) 1. Development of Modern Geography 2. Settlement Geography

Practical Paper – VI Basic Statistics

05

04

05 05

04

80

40

80 80

40

20

10

20 20

10

100

50

100 100

50

3 hours

4 hours

3 Hours 3 hours

4 hours

34

VI

Theory Paper -VII- Compulsory Human Geography

Practical Paper - VII Map Projections

Theory Paper -VIII - Optional (select any one)

1. Environmental Geography 2. Regional Planning

Practical Paper – VIII Field Work and Dissertation

05

04

05

05

04

80

40

80

80

40

20

10

20

20

10

100

50

100

100

50

3 hours

4 hours

3 hours

3 hours

4 hours

REGULATION AND SCHEME OF INSTRUCTIONS

Regulations governing three years Semesterized, Bachelor Degree

Programmes of Rani Channamma University, Belagavi (framed under Section 44(1)

(c) of the K.S.U. Act 2000) and on par with CBSE with the effect from 2015-16

onwards.

I. Goals & Objectives:

The following aims have been kept in view while designing the syllabus of

Bachelor’s Degree Programme (B.A/B. Sc) in Geography as one of the optional

subject.

1. To bring the geographical awareness among the students.

2. To provide a fundamentals of spatial information of the earth surface.

3. To train promising learners to teach geography effectively at various levels

in the educational institutions.

4. To train and provide information related to spatial and regional level

of planning.

5. To provide adequate geographical knowledge and skills as needed for the

competitive examinations.

6. Organizing the professional tours for every year to cultivate research culture

among the students.

II. Admission Criteria:

A candidate should have passed PUC/10+2 with Geography as one of the

subject is eligible to choose Geography as one of the optional subjects at the under

Graduate Course. The candidate should have obtained at least 40 per cent of

35

marks in Geography as well as aggregate marks. Relaxation in respect of SC/ST etc

will be followed as per the prevailing rules of the university. Other rules for

admission are as per the university notification from time to time.

III. Medium of Instruction:

The medium instruction shall be English, however, the student’s are allowed

to write the examination in Kannada Medium.

IV. Attendance:

A minimum of 75% of attendance in each semester (both theory and

practical) is compulsory.

V. Scheme of Instruction:

1. The M.A/M.Sc Master’s Degree holders in Geography can only teach the

subject at UG Level.

2. Geography as an optional subject at Under Graduate (UG) Level, which

consists of six semesters, it includes eight theory papers and eight practical

papers. There will be one theory paper and one practical paper in the each

semester i.e. Ist, IInd, IIIrd, and IVth semesters. Whereas in the Vth and VIth

semesters, there will be two theory papers and two practicals each of 100

and 50 marks respectively. The duration of teaching hours for the theory

paper will be five (05) hours per week and the duration of teaching hours for

practical paper will be four (04) hours per week in each semester. Each

theory paper will have 5 modules/units (divided into chapters/units). The

duration of each semester is being 16 weeks excluding examination period.

3. The Practical’s are to be conducted in separate batches. Each batch consists

of 15 students with one teacher, for 16-27 students with two teachers. In

case, if student number is below 15 is also considered as one batch with one

teacher. Each batch (depends on the number of students) must be

supervised by one/two teachers for giving instructions, supervision of

practical’s and correction of journal/records.

VI. Scheme of Theory Examinations:

1. Theory course shall carry 100 marks of which 80 marks allotted for semester

end examination and 20 marks for internal assessment (IA) that will be

carried out as per the university norms.

36

2. Each theory course will have a question paper of 3 hours duration and the

maximum of 80 marks. Minimum marks to pass in each paper of theory are

40 percent.

3. There shall be three sections in every theory question papers viz. A. B. & C.

Section A shall have 12 questions of each 2 marks and candidate have to

attempt 10 questions only (10X2=20 marks). Section B shall have 8

questions of each 5 marks and the candidate have to attempt 6 questions

only (6X5=30 marks). Section C shall have 6 questions of each 10 marks

and the candidate has to attempt 3 questions (3X10=30 marks).

VII. Scheme of Practical Examination:

1. Each practical course shall carry 50 marks of which 10 marks are allotted

for IA marks (out of which 07 marks are kept for practical records

(assignments)/journals and 03 marks allotted for attendance). The 40

marks examination will be conducted at the end of each semester, out of

which 5 marks will be kept for viva and 35 marks for written examination

as per the instruction given by the university.

2. Each practical course will have a question paper of 4 hours duration and the

maximum of 40 marks.

3. The practical examination is to be conducted in batches and each batch

consists of minimum of 15 candidates.

4. There will be one internal examiner and one external examiner to conduct

the practical examination for each batch in each semester.

5. Minimum marks to pass in each paper of practical are 40 percent.

6. Each candidate shall complete the laboratory work of the journal/practical

records, it shall be certified and signed by both the concerned course teacher

and the Head of the Department of Geography of the concerned college, to

the effect that the candidate has completed the prescribed course in

practical satisfactory and same should be produced at the time of practical

examination. No students shall be allowed for the examination without

completed journal/practical records.

7. There is no provision for seeking improvement in practical paper

examination and internal assessment marks.

----0----

37





THEORY & PRACTICAL PAPER- I & II

Semester Title of the Paper

Teaching

Hours

per Week

Marks

Internal

Assessment

Marks (IA)

Total

Marks

Duration

of

Examination

I

Theory Paper - I Part – A: Physical Geography

Practical Paper - I Representation of Relief

05

04

80

40

20

10*

100

50

3 hours

4 hours

II

Theory Paper - II Part – B: Physical Geography

Practical Paper - II Basics of Cartography (Maps & Scales)

05

04

80

40

20

10*

100

50

3 hours

4 hours

*Note: Practical IA includes: 07+03=10 Marks for Assignments/Journal work and Attendance only

38

B. A. /B. Sc. SYLLABUS IN GEOGRAPHY

SEMESTER – I

THEORY PAPER-I

PART – A: PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY

Objectives: The objective of the course is to familiarize the students with the need for understanding of physical geography with reference to certain fundamental concepts, focusing on the unity of Geomorphology in the earth materials and the processes with or without an element of time. Process of component of Geomorphology is segmented into the internal and external processes of landscape evolution.

Course structure : One Theory and One Practical Teaching Theory : 05 hours per week Practical : 04 hours per week Examination : One Theory paper of 80 Marks and 20 Marks for internal assessment (IA)

One Practical of 40 Marks and 10 Marks for internal assessment (IA) (out of 10 IA marks 7 marks for practical record and journal and 3 marks for attendance).

Units

Topic Teaching

Hours

I Introduction to Physical Geography: The Nature, Scope & Content of Physical Geography, Relationship between Physical Geography and other branches of sciences, Significance of Physical Geography.

10

II

Earth as a Planet: Latitude and Longitudes: Rotation and Revolution of the earth, Origin and Evolution of the Earth; Nebular & Tidal theory Interior of the Earth, Earth Movements: orogenic and epeirogenic movements: Faults, Folds & related land forms.

12

III Wegner’s theory of Continental Drift; Weathering and its types; Rocks; origin, types and distribution and their economic significance

10

IV Endogenetic & Exogenetic Forces; Earthquakes and Volcanoes and its distribution, causes and effects, Examples of earthquakes in India

12

V Denudation- Work of river, Wind, Glacier, Underground Water and Sea Waves and its effects

16

Total 60 hours

39

Reference:

1. Physical Geography: Strahler & Strahler 2. Physical Geography: R. N. Tikka 3. Physical Geography: Majid Hussain 4. Physical Geography: Das Gupta & Kapoor 5. Physical Geography (Kannada): Mallappa P 6. Physical Geography (Kannada): Ranganath

7. Physical Geography (Kannada): M. B. Gaudar 8. Physical Geography (Kannada): S. S. Nanjannavar 9. Fundamentals of Physical Geography: F. J. Mankhouse

----0000----

40


SEMESTER – I

PRACTICAL PAPER – I

REPRESENTATION OF RELIEF

Units No. Topic Teaching Hours

I Significance of Relief Features in Physical Geography 02

II Different Methods of Representation of Relief; Pictorial/Qualitative methods- Hachures, Layer-tinting/Colouring and Hill shading and Mathematical/Quantitative methods- Contours, Form lines, Spot heights, Bench marks and Trigonometrical stations

08

III

Contour Diagrams: Drawing of cross section of the following geographical features with brief explanation;

a. Hills with different types of Slopes- uniform, gentle, steep, convex, concave and undulating slopes

b. Types of Valleys: V-Shaped Valley, U-Shaped Valley, Gorge, Cirque and Hanging Valley

c. Landforms: Mountain, Plateaus, Mesa, Escarpment and Spur d. Landforms: Waterfall, Rapids, Cliff, Ridge/Saddle, Pass and

Volcano with Crater e. Coastal Landforms: Fiord and Ria coast

30

IV Viva

Total 40 hours

Reference:

1. R. L. Singh: Elements of Practical Geography 2. Gopal Singh: Practical Geography 3. Dr. Ranganat: Practical Geography (Kannada Version) 4. Singh and Kanoj: Practical Geography 5. R. P. Misra and Ramesh: Fundamental of Cartography 6. M. F. Karennavar & S. S. Nanjannavar: Practical Geography 7. M .F. Karennavar & S. S. Nanjannavar: Practical Geography (Kannada Version) 9. Pijushkanti Saha & Partha Basu: Advanced Practical Geography

----0000----

41

B. A. / B. Sc. I Semester (CBSE) PATTERN/MODEL OF THEORY QUESTION PAPER

Paper-I: Part-A Physical Geography Time: 3 Hours Max.Marks: 80 Instructions: 1. Attempt all sections 2. Wherever necessary draw diagrams and maps.

SECTION-A (2 x 10 = 20 marks) Note: 1) Answer any Ten questions. 2) Answer should not exceed 50 words 3) Each question carries two marks.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12

SECTION-B (5x 6= 30 marks) Note: 1) Answer any Six questions. 2) Answer should not exceed 200 words 3) Each question carries five marks.

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

SECTION-C (10 x 3 = 30 marks) Note: 1) Answer any Three questions. 2) Answer should not exceed 500 words 3) Each question carries Ten marks.

21 22 23 24 25 26

ooOoo

42

B. A. / B. Sc. I Semester (CBSE)

PATTERN/MODEL OF PRACTICAL QUESTION PAPER

Practical Paper- I: REPRESENTATION OF RELIEF

Center No :……….. Max. Marks: 40

Seat No : ………. Date:…………..

Time : 3 Hours

Instructions:

1. Attempt all questions. 2. This question paper should be attached with the main answer book. 3. Examiner should prepare the question paper covering each unit of the syllabus.

Q. No. 1 For framing the question, Examiner should refer unit no 1. 3 marks

Q. No. 2 a). Explain the methods of representation of relief by applying

qualitative methods…………..

(Examiner should refer unit no 2).

3 marks

b). Explain the methods of representation of relief by applying

quantitative methods…………..


3 marks

Q. No. 3

a). Hills with different slopes (any two) i) ……………………………. ii) …………………………… (Examiner should refer unit no 3).

6 marks

(3X2)

b). Draw contour diagram along with cross section of the following features and interpret. i) ……………………………. ii) …………………………… iii) ………………………..…. iv) …………………………… (Examiner should refer unit no 3).

20 marks

(5X4)

Q. No. 4 Viva 5 marks

Total 40 marks

OoOoo

43

7. BIOTECHNOLOGY (Optional)

B.Sc Biotechnology (Optional Subjects) Semester System Syllabus (w.ef: 2017-18 & onwards)

Semester

Title of the paper

Number of hours/week/paper

Duration of Examination

Internal Assessment Marks- 20/10

Semester end Examination Marks

I Test

II Test

SEM -Assigment

ATTE NDA NCE

I Cell biology and Genetics

04 Hours 03 Hours 04 10 03 03 80 Marks

Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40 Marks II Biochemistry

&Biostatistics 04 Hours 03 Hours 04 10 03 03 80 Marks

LAB 04 Hours 04 Hours 10Marks 40Marks III Microbiology

and Immunology


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40 Marks IV Molecular

Biology & Bioinformatics


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40 Marks V Paper I Plant and

animal Biotechnology


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40 Marks V paper II Genetic

Engineering & NanoTechnology


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10Marks 40 Marks VI Paper I Industrial,&

Environmental Biotechnology


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40 Marks VI Paper II Agricultural &

Medical biotechnology


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40Marks

44

SYLLABUS FOR BIOTECHNOLOGY (OPTIONAL)

B.Sc .I Semester

Paper-1.1 CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS

Teaching hours: 50

Unit: 1 General Introduction and cell as a basic unit of life: Introduction to

Biotechnology, Scope and branches of Biotechnology. Historical perspectives, the cell

theory, Ultra structure of animal and plant cells and their organelles: Cell wall, Plasma

membrane, Mitochondria, Chloroplast, Ribosome, Golgi complex, Endoplasmic Reticulum,

Nucleus, Lysosome, Peroxisomes, Vacuoles, Cytosol and Cytoskeleton structures, Cell –Cell

interaction

(10 Hours)

Unit: 2 Chromosomes and Cell division: Discovery, morphology and structural

organization: Number, size and types, Chromosomal Morphology, fine structure and

models, heterochromatin and Euchromatin, Giant chromosomes.

Cell Division: Cell cycle, Mitosis and Meiosis and its applications. (06 Hours)

Unit: 3 Transport across Cell Membrane: Active and passive transport. (02 Hours)

Unit: 4 Cancer Biology: Causes, symptoms, types of cancer and its prevention (02Hours)

Unit: 5 Gametogenesis: Spermatogenesis and Oogenesis. (02Hours)

Unit: 6 Cell motility: Amoeboid, cilliary and flagellar movements (02 Hours)

Unit: 7 Cell senesces and programmed cell death (01 Hour)

Unit:8 Introduction to genetics: History and scope and branches of Genetics.

Mendalisim: Mendel’s work, Laws of heredity, back cross, Test-cross, Incomplete

Dominance and simple problems

Supplementary factors: Comb pattern in Fowls, Complementary factors: Flower color in

sweat pea Multiple factors: Skin color in human beings Multiple allelism : Blood group in

human beings ,Epistasis : Plumage color in Poultry Sex determination in Plants and

45

Animals: Concept of allosomes and autosomes, XX-XY, XX-XO, ZW-ZZ, ZO-ZZ Types

(10 Hours)

Unit: 9 Linkage and crossing over: Coupling and repulsion hypothesis, Linkage in maize

and Drosophila, Mechanism of crossing over and its importance, chromosomal mapping-

Linkage map in maize

(05Hours)

Unit: 10 Chromosomal Variation: Structural and numerical aberrations, chromosomal

evolution in wheat and cotton Mutations: Types-Spontaneous and Induced; Mutagens –

Physical and chemical mutagens, Induced Mutations in Plants, Animals and Microbes for

economic benefit.

Cytoplasmic inheritance: Plastid inheritance in Mirabilis, Petite character in yeast and

Kappa particles in Paramecium.

Population Genetics: Hardy Weinberg law and its role in evaluation and speciation.

Human Genetics: Karyotype in man, Inherited disorders – Allosomal (Klinfelter’s

andTurner’s syndrome), Autosomal (Downs and Cri-du-chat syndrome)

(10 Hours)

46

· PRACTICALS 1.2- CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS

1. Study of fixatives and stains: Preparation of Formaldehyde

2. (4-10%), Alcohol (70- 100%),Bouin’s fixative, Carnoy’s solution,

3. Borax carmine (alcoholic), Eosin (alcoholic), Heamatoxylin,

4. Acetocarmine, Aceto-orcein, Schiff’s reagent (Feulgen method), Giemsa

5. Stain.

6. Squash preparation: Onion root tip to study stages of mitosis.

7. Squash preparation: Grasshopper testis / onion flower bud/ Tradiscantia to study

stages of meiosis.

8. Squash preparation of salivary gland chromosomes:

9. Drosophila /Chironomous larva.

10. Karyotyping analysis.

11. Micrometry.

12. Buccal epithelial smear and Barr body.

13. Extraction of cellular materials in saline buffers, solvents and precipitation.

14. Demonstration of Laws of inheritance by using color beads

a. Law of segregation

b. Law of independent assortment

c. Solve genetic problems

15. Each student is required to submit 2 permanent slides of Mitosis and Meiosis: at least

one from each.

47

References:

CELL BIOLOGY:

1. Alberts, B.Bray, D.Lewis, J. Roff, M.Roberts, K, and Watson, J D 1994: 3rd

edition,molecularbiology of “The Cell”.Bolsover, S.R Hysams, J.E Jones, S. Shepherd,

E.A and White, ,H.A.1997:Form genes to cells wileys-less .Inc New York.

2. Cambell, N .A .Mitchell, L .G. and Reece, J.B. 1996: General Biology. Benjamin

cunning.

3. Cooper, GM. 1997 The Cell: A molecular approach, ASM press, USA.

4. De- Robertis , E.D.P. and Robertis , E.M.S. 1996 : Cell and Molecular Biology , Holt

Saunders International

5. Garrett, R.H. and Gresham, C.M. 1995: Molecular aspects of cellbiology ,

International edition , Saunders college publishing

6. P.K.Gupta Cell and molecular. Biology:

7. Gilbert and Raunio 1997 : Embryology – constructing the organism

8. Holly Ahern 1992 : Introduction to Experimental Cell biology , W.M.C.Brown

publishers

9. Inder Singh, 1997: Text book of human Histology , Jaypee brothers Medical

publishers , New Delhi.

10. Karp, G. 2000 Cell and Molecular Biology : Concepts and Experiments, John Willey

and sons Inc. New York.

11. Lodish .H.Berk. A. Zipursky , S.L. Matsiduvaria . P. Baltimore, D.

12. Darnell, J. 2000: Molecular cell Biology, Freeman W.H. and co. New York.

13. Singh, H.R. 2000: Animal Physiology and related Biochemistry, S.

14. Loban lal Nagin Chand and co. Educational publishers , New Delhi.

15. Smith and Wood 1992: Cell biology, Chapman and Hall.

16. wwwwTobin and Morel 1997; Asking about “Cells “Saunders College Publishing.

17. wwwwVasudev Rao , K.1994 : Developmental Biology – A modern Synthesis ,

18. Oxford IBH publishing .

19. wwwwWilson, E.B.: Cells in Development and inheritance, Mac Millan , New York.

48

20. GENETICS : 21. Daniel .L Hartl , “ Basic Genetics” , Jones and Barlett Publishers USA.

22. Edgar Attenburg , “ Genetics” , Oxford and IBH Publications .

23. Fairbanks , D.J.R. Anderson , W.R. 1999 : Genetics , the continuity of

24. life . Brooke and Cole Publication. Co. New York.

25. Lewin . B. 2000 : Gene VII , Oxford University Press , New York .

26. Lewin , R 1999 : Human Genetics : Concept and applications , 3 edition

27. WCB , Mc Graw Hills Dubuque , IA.

28. Miglani G.S. 2000, “ Basic Genetics” Narosa publishing house . New Delhi .

29. Sandhya Mitra , “ Genetics – Blue print of life” Tata Mc. Graw Hill

30. publications

31. Snuustad , P.D. and Simmons , M.J. 2000 : Principles of Genetics , 2nd

32. Ed. John Wiley and Sons Inc. New York.

33. Stricberger , M.W. 1995 : Genetics 3 Ed. Prentice Hall Inc. London .

34. Sturitevant , A. Hand Bredle , G.W. 1989: An Introduction to genetic W.B. Saunders

35. Philadelphia .

36. Tamarin , R.M. 2000: Principles of genetics 6 Ed. WMC Publication co.

London.Winchester Sinnot and Dorm , “ Principles of Genetics”

49

B.Sc Degree Examinations

Biotechnology

B.Sc. Biotechnology Theory Question Paper Pattern Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 80 Q.No.I. Answer any TEN of the following 2X10= 20 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) Q.NO.II Answer any FOUR of the following 4X5= 20 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) Q.No.III. Answer any FOUR of the following 4X10= 40 19) 20) 21) 22) 23)

50


Biotechnology

B.Sc. Biotechnology Practical Question Paper Pattern

RANI CHANNAMA UNIVERCITY BELAGAVI

B.Sc I Sem Biotechnology Practical Examination

Cell biology & Genetics

Time: 04hrs Max. Marks – 40

………………………………………………………………………………………………

Q. No I. Make a temporary stained mounting of Squash preparation from the given sample

(10 Marks)

Q.No.II. Measure / Count the given biological specimen using Micrometry / Heamocytometer

(05 Marks)

Q.No.III. Identification

Permanent slide/ Barr body / Genetic Problem/Different fixatives strains (10 Marks)

Q. No.IV. Submission of permanent slides: Mitosis/Meiosis (05 Marks)

Q. No.V Journal (05 Marks)

Q.No.VI Viva –voce (05 Marks)

51

8. MATHEMATICS (Optional)

SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2014-15 ONWARDS

B.Sc I Semester

Paper-I DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS Teaching Hours : 50 Hours

UNIT-I

REAL NUMBERS 10 Hours Real numbers, Postulates and their Consequences.Inequalities and Absolute values.Archimedean property.LUB and GLB properties.

UNIT-II LIMITS AND CONTINUITY 10 Hours Recapitulation of limits and continuity.Algebra of limits (with proofs).Properties of continuous functions.Boundedness of continuous functions.Intermediate value theorem.Borel covering theorem (statement only).Uniform continuity.

UNIT-III HIGHER ORDER DERIVATIVES 10 Hours The nth derivative of (ax + b)n , 1/ax+b, log (ax+b), eax+b, sin(ax+b), cos(ax+b), eax sin (bx+c), eaxcos (bx+c), Leibntz’s Rule for nthderivative of a product.

UNIT-IV MEAN VALUE THEOREMS 15 Hours Rolle’s Theorem, Lagrange’s Mean Value Theorem, Cauchy’s Mean Value Theorem, Taylor’s Theorem (with Sclomilch and Rouche’s form of reminder), Maclaurin’s Series.

UNIT-V INDETERMINATE FORMS 05 Hours L-Hospital’s rule (statement only), Indeterminate forms of 0/0, ∞/∞, 0×∞, ∞ - ∞, 00, 1∞and ∞0. Reference Books: Deferential Calculus – Shantinarayan and Mittal Mathematical Analysis-Shantinarayan First Course in Real Analysis-M.k.Singal and Asha Rani Text book of B.sc Mathematics- G.K. Raganath

52

Paper-II ALGEBRA AND TRIGNOMETRY Teaching Hours : 50 Hours

UNIT-I DETERMINANTS 05 Hours Determinant of fourth order, Symmetric and Skew-Symmetric determinants, Reciprocal determinants.

UNIT-II MATRICES 15 Hours Recapitulation of Matrices of Symmetric matrices and Skew symmetric matrices, Elementary transformations, Rank of a Matrix, Reduction to Normal forms, Inverse of matrix, Solution system of Linear equations.

UNIT-III SET THEORY 10 Hours Equivalence relations, Partition of a Set, Arbitrary unions and intersections. De Morgan’s laws, Countable and Uncountable sets.

UNIT-IV THEORY OF EQUATIONS 10 Hours Polynomial equation of nth degree in one variable, Euclidean algorithm, Reminder Theorem, Factor Theorem, Fundamental Theorem of Algebra, Relation between the roots and coefficient of general polynomial equation in one variable, Synthetic division. If one of the root of an equation a0xn+a1xn-1+-------+an has one of its rational root is p|q, then p is an exact divisor of an and q is an exact divisor of a0.Solution of cubic and Bi- quadratic equations.

UNIT-V TRIGONOMETRY 10 Hours Expansions of Sine and Cosine functions, Series of Sines and Cosines. Hyperbolic functions, Logarithm of a Complex number, Summations of Trigonometricseries. Reference Books: 1. Modern Algebra- D.C. Pavate 2. Algebra -Vasistha 3. Matrices –Ayres(Schaumpubl co) 4. Matrices and determinants- M.L. Khanna 5. Trigonometry- P.N.Chatterji 6. Geometry and Trignometry-D.C. Pavate

53

9. BOTANY (Optional) B.Sc. SEMESTER-I

BOTANY (optional)

FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 &ONWARDS

Paper- I PLANT ANATOMY AND EMBRYOLOGY, 50 Hours

UNIT-I 10 Hours

Tissues- meristems, types, characters, histological organisation of root & shoot apices theories. Permanent tissues- simple & complex. Types of vascular bundles. Tissue systems- dermal, mechanical, secretary- nectary, laticiferous& oil glands.

UNIT-II 15 Hours

Internal structure of primary plant body- root,stem & leaf (dicot & monocot). Secondary growth – root & stem. Abnormal secondary growth – general account with the examples Bignonia, Boerhaavia, Dracaena & Beetroot.

UNIT-III 05 Hours

Wood anatomy- General account, ring porous, diffuse porous, distribution & types of wood parenchyma, Tracheary elements, fibre types.

UNIT-IV 10 Hours

Anther – development, microsporogensis & male gametophyte, MGU. Palynology applications of palynology in taxonomy, coal, oil exploration & forensic science. Ovule – development, types, structure of anatropus ovule, megasporogenesis, development of gametophyte-monosporic, bisporic & tetrasporic types (Peperomia, Drusa, Fritillaria&Adoxa.) & FGU.

UNIT-V 10 Hours

Fertilization – Pollen –pistil interaction, entry of pollen tube into the stigma, style &embryosac, double fertilization. Endosperm – Types. Embryogeny – dicots (crucifer) & monocot (grass). A brief account of polyembryony & apomixes & their significance.

54

B.Sc. I - SEMESTER Practicals

Total number of hours per week: 04 Internal Assessment=10 Marks Max Marks: 40 Marks

1. Non- living cell inclusions – reserve, secretory & excretory. 2. Demonstration of double–staining technique (sectioning, staining & mounting) 3. Tissue organisation in root & shoot using permanent slides, 4. Simple tissues: different types of parenchyma, collenchyma & sclerenchyma

(sclereids&fibres). 5. Complex tissues – xylem & phloem (in T.S & L.S) & maceration technique. 6. Primary internal structures of root, stem and leaf (dicot & monocot). 7. Normal secondary growth – dicot stem and root (stelar and extra stelar) 8. Abnormal secondary growth – Bignonia, Boerhaavia, Dracaena & Beet root. 9. Demonstration of Microtomy. 10. Study of microsporogenesis, Ovule types and megasporogenesis by using permanent

slides. 11. Structure of pollen grain using wholemounts (Catharanthes and Hibiscus). 12. Isolation & mounting of endosperm & embryo (cucumis and maize grain).

B.Sc. I Semester Practical Examination Subject: Botany

Time: 4 Hours Max Marks: 40 1. Make a double stained micro preparation of T.S of material. ‘A’ Draw a labelled diagram & mention the features of anatomical interest (show the preparation to the examiner) Marks 08

2. Make a temporary micro preparation of specimen ‘B’ so as to expose and draw the diagram. (Show the preparation to the examiner) Marks 05

3. Mount non- living cell inclusion in this specimen ‘C’ and draw the diagram (show the preparation to the examiner). Marks 05

4. Mount endosperm/embryo in the specimen `D` and draw the diagram (show the preparation to the examiner) Marks 05

5. Identify & mention the important features observed in the slide / material E, F, G and H Marks 12

6. Journal Marks 05

55

B.Sc. I Semester Practical Examination Subject: Botany

Instructions to Examiners.

Q.1. Material A- Bignonia, Boerhaavia, Dracaena stem. 8 marks (Preparation -4 marks, Diagram- 2 marks, Explanation- 2 marks).

Q.2. Specimen B- Sclereids, Vascular bundles, Lenticel, Tylosis, Stomata, Types of wood. 5 marks

(Preparation -3 marks, Diagram- 1mark, oral- 1mark). Q.3.Specimen C- Reserve, Secretory and Excretory Products.

(Preparation -3 marks, Diagram- 1mark, oral- 1mark). 5 marks

Q.4.Specimen D- Mounting of Embryo /Endosperm- Cucumis seeds/Maize grain. 5 marks (Preparation -3 marks, Diagram- 2 marks).

Q.5. E- Slide from anatomy. F- Material from microtomy. G and H – Slides from Embryology. 12 marks

Q.6. Journal 5 marks

Books for Reference:

1. Sundara Rajan (1998) College Botany, Himalaya Publication House Vol.1 and Vol. 2 Nagapur 2. Dutta A.C. (1968) A Botany for Degree Oxford Press, London 3. Tayal M.S. (1983) Plant Anatomy RastogiPubilcation, Meerut 4. Ganguli, Das, Dutta (1981) College Botany New Central Book Agency Vol. 1 Kolkatta 5. Pandey B.P. (1993) Plant Anatomy S.Chand& Co. Pvt. Ltd. 6. Saxena A.K. & R.P. Sarabhai A text Book of Botany KitabGhar, Gwaliar Vol. 2 Embryophyta Pergamon Press, Oxford 7. Fahn A (1967) Plant Anatomy 8. Singh V, Pande P.C. D.K. Anatomy of Seed Plants Restogi Publication, Meerut 9. Esau K (1977) Anatomy of Seed Plants John Wilex 7 Sons, New York. 10. Earnes A.J. & Introduction to Plant Mc. Graw Hill Book Pub. L.H. MacDaniel (1947) Anatomy New York. 11. Maheshwari P. (1972) An Introduction to Tata Mc Graw Hill Book Pub. Embryology of Angiosperms

56

12. Bhojwani S.S. Bhatnagar S.P. Embryology of Angiosperms Vikas Pub. House. Pvt. Ltd. NewYork . 13. Pandey B.P. (2003) Embryology of Angiosperms S. Chand & Co.Pvt. Ltd.

B.Sc I Semester Theory Examination Subject: Botany Pattern of Question Paper

Time: 3 Hours Max Marks: 80 All Questions are compulsory

Q.I - Answer any ten out of twelve (1 to 12 sub- questions) 10x2=20 From Unit 1- Plant Anatomy: 07 sub- questions. From Unit 2- Plant Embryology: 05 sub- questions. Q.II -Answer any six out of Eight (13 to 20 sub- questions) 6x5=30 From Unit 1- Plant Anatomy: 4 sub- questions. From Unit 2- Plant Embryology: 4sub -questions. Q.III- Descriptive Answers. 21. a) From Unit 1- Plant Anatomy. OR b) From Unit 1- Plant Anatomy. 1x10=10 22. a) From Unit 2- Plant Embryology. OR b) From Unit 2- Plant Embryology. 1x10=10 23. a) From Unit 1- Plant Anatomy. OR b) From Unit 2- Plant Embryology. 1x10=10 Note: - Minor changes in the Question Paper Pattern is permitted, with respect to the teaching hours allotted for each topic.

57

10. COMPUTER SCIENCE (Optional)

Revised syllabus of BSc Computer Science (OPTIONAL) subject w.e.f. academic year 2017-18 and onwards

BSc Computer Science (OPTIONAL) (w.e.f. 2017-18 and onwards)

Subject Code Subject Title

Teaching Scheme Hrs/week

Examination Exam.

Duration (Hrs)

Marks Theor

y Practical Theory/ Practical IA Total

w.e.f. 2017-18 and onwards

17BScCSCT11 Computing Fundamentals and Programming in C 4 -- 3 80 20 100

17BScCSCP12 Programing Lab- C Lab -- 4 3 40 10 50 w.e.f. 2017-18 and onwards

17BScCSCT21 Data Structures Using C 4 -- 3 80 20 100 17BScCSCP22 Programing Lab-Data

Structures Using C -- 4 3 40 10 50


17BScCSCT31 Digital Logic and Computer Design 4 -- 3 80 20 100

17BScCSCP32 Programing Lab-Digital Logic -- 4 3 40 10 50


17BScCSCT41 Operating System Principles 4 -- 3 80 20 100

17BScCSCP42 Programing Lab-Linux -- 4 3 40 10 50 w.e.f. 2019-20 and onwards

17BScCSCT51 Relational Database Management System 4 -- 3 80 20 100

17BScCSCP52 Programing Lab-SQL and PL/SQL lab -- 4 3 40 10 50

17BScCSCT53 Object Oriented Programming using Java 4 -- 3 80 20 100

17BScCSCP54 Programing Lab- Java programming -- 4 3 40 10 50


17BScCSCT61 Data Communications and Computer Networks 4 -- 3 80 20 100

17BScCSCP62 Programing Lab-Data Communication and Networking lab

-- 4 3 40 10 50

17BScCSCT63 Web Programming 4 -- 3 80 20 100 17BScCSCP64 Programing Lab-Web

Programming Lab. -- 4 3 40 10 50

58

17BScCSCT11: Computing Fundamentals and Programming in C Teaching Hours: 4 Hrs/week Marks: Main Exam: 80 IA: 20 Objectives: To provide a comprehensive study of the C programming language, so that

studentsdevelop ability of writing modularand efficient programs.

Expected Learning Outcomes:

· Ability to design algorithm and draw flow charts for a given problem · Ability to write, compile and debug programs in C language.

o Using c programming features – control statements, arrays, structures, functions, pointers, and files

UNIT I 10Hrs

Evolution of information processing: Concept of data and information, data processing. Hardware –

CPU, Storage Devices & Media, VDU, Input – Output devices, Types of Software – System

Software, Application Software. Overview of OS. Programming Languages and its Classification,

Compiler, Interpreter, Linker, Loader.

Problem Solving: Problem Identification, Analysis, flowcharts, Decision Tables, Pseudo codes and

algorithms, Program Coding, Program Testing and Execution..

UNITII 10Hrs

Overview of C: Elements of C: C character set, identifiers and keywords, Data types, Constants and

Variables, Assignment statement, Symbolic constant, Structure of a C Program, printf(), scanf()

Functions, Operators & Expression: Arithmetic, relational, logical, bitwise, unary, assignment,

shorthand assignment operators, conditional operators and increment and decrement operators,

Arithmetic expressions, evaluation of arithmetic expression, type casting and conversion, operator

hierarchy & associativity.

UNIT III 10Hrs

Decision making & branching: Decision making with IF statement, IF-ELSE statement, Nested IF

statement, ELSE-IF ladder, switch statement, goto statement. Decision making & looping: For, while,

and do-while loop, jumps in loops - break, continue statement, Nested loops.

Functions: Standard Mathematical functions, Input/output: Unformatted & formatted I/O function in

C. User defined functions: definition, prototype, Local and global variables, passing parameters,

recursion.

UNITIV 10Hrs

Arrays, strings and pointers: Definition, types, initialization, processing an array, passing arrays to

functions, Array of Strings. String constant and variables, Declaration and initialization of string,

59

Input/output of string data, Storage classes in C: auto, extern, register and static storage class, their

scope, storage, & lifetime.

String Handling: String Library Functions: strlen, strcat, strcmp, strcpy, strrev.

UNIT V 10Hrs

Structure & Union: Definition of Structure, Declaring Structure, Accessing Structure Elements, Array

of Structure, Nesting of Structure. Definition of Union, declaring and using Union.Difference between

Structure & Union.

Error Handling during I/O Operations, Command Line Arguments, Documentation, debugging, C

Processors, Macros.

References:

1. Gill Nasib Singh, Computing Fundamentals and Programming in C, Khanna Books

Publishing Co., New Delh.. 2. Balagurusamy E., Computing Fundamentals and C Programming, Tata McGraw Hill. 3. Kenneth.A., C problem solving and programming, Prentice Hall. 4. R.G. Dromey, How to Solve it by Computer, Pearson Education

Additional reading

5. Anil V. Chouduri, The Art of Programming through Flowchart and Algorithms, Laxmi Pub. 6. Gottfried, Byron S., Programming with C, Tata McGraw Hill. 7. E. Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C, McGrawhill. 8. Ashok N. Kamthane, Programming in C, Pearson Education. 9. www.cprogramming.com

17BScCSCP12: Programming Lab- C programming Practical Hours: 4 Hrs/week Marks: Main exam: 40 IA: 10

Students are encouraged to use Linux-Open Source OS for executing c –programs using gcc/similar compiler available with Linux. Students shall gain familiarity with working in Linux environment with the help of course teacher in Lab. Following shall be practiced

· Using vi editor for writing c programs · Familiarity with bash/similar shell for executing basic shell commands such as ls, cd, mv,

man, mkdir, rm, locate, touch, cat, etc. URL for reference: http://www.ee.surrey.ac.uk/Teaching/Unix/ , https://www.tutorialspoint.com/unix/unix-vi-editor.htm , https://www.tutorialspoint.com/compile_c_online.php

60

Student shall gain hands-on experience of drawing flow chart, writing algorithm, and writing cprograms and executing the c program. Following assignments shall be implemented inC.

1. Write a program to enter length and breadth of a rectangle and find its perimeter and area. 2. Write a program to enter P, T, R and calculate Simple Interest. 3. Write a program to find maximum between three numbers. 4. Write a program to check whether year is leap year or not using conditional/ternary operator. 5. Write a program to function as a basic calculator; it should ask the user to input what type of

arithmetic operation he would like, and then ask for the numbers on which the operation should be performed. The calculator should then give the output of the operation.

6. Write a program that takes in three arguments, a start temperature (in Celsius), an end temperature (in Celsius) and a step size. Print out a table that goes from the start temperature to the end temperature, in steps of the step size; Celsius to Farenheit.

7. Write a program to sort array elements in ascending order. 8. Write a program to subtract/add/multiply two matrices. 9. Write a program to check whether an alphabet is vowel or consonant using switch case. 10. Write a program to display all possible permutations of a given input string--if the string

contains duplicate characters, you may have multiple repeated results. Input should be of the form permute string and output should be a word per line.

Here is a sample for the input cat cat cta act atc tac tca

11. Write a function that accepts a number, n, and prints all prime numbers between 1 to n. 12. Write an iterative function calculate factorial of a given integer. 13. Write a program to find HCF (GCD) of two numbers by passing two numbers to function

compGCD(). 14. Write a program to find maximum and minimum element in an array by passing array to

function. 15. Write a program to input electricity unit charges and calculate total electricity bill according

to the given condition: For first 50 units Rs. 0.50/unit For next 100 units Rs. 0.75/unit For next 100 units Rs. 1.20/unit For unit above 250 Rs. 1.50/unit An additional surcharge of 20% is added to the bill

16. Write a program to input marks of five subjects Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Mathematics and Computer. Calculate percentage and grade according to following. Use structure to create array of students and compute percentage and grade by passing structure to function. Percentage >= 90% : Grade A Percentage >= 80% : Grade B Percentage >= 70% : Grade C Percentage >= 60% : Grade D Percentage >= 40% : Grade E Percentage < 40% : Grade F

17. Write a C program to add two complex numbers by passing structure to a function. Consider the following structure definition for complex number.

61

typedefstruct complex { float real; floatimag; } complex;

18. Write a C program to illustrate difference between structure and union by defining emp_Name, slaray, job as members and displaying the size of the defined structure and union. (ie. In terms of memory allocation)

19. Write a program that accepts a base ten (non-fractional) number at the command line and outputs the binary representation of that number.

20. Write a C program to concatenate two strings without using library function 21. Write a C program to compare two strings without using library function 22. Write a C program to illustrate string library functions (copy, concat, uppercase to lower case

and vice-versa, length of string, sort set of strings(use strcmp()). 23. Write a program that accepts a base ten (non-fractional) number at the command line and

outputs the binary representation of that number.

Note: Students shall draw the flow chart and write algorithm for a minimum of 12 assignments from the above list as identified by the course teacher

62

11. STATISTICS (Optional)

Question Paper Pattern WITH EFFECT FROM 2017-18.

Part- A In all 12 Questions to be asked

Ø Questions must be numbered from 1 to 12.

Ø Each question carries 2 marks.

Ø Students have to answer any 10 questions

Ø There should not be any multiple choice questions.

Ø At least two questions should be set on each unit.

Ø Total marks 2 X 10 = 20 marks.

Part- B In all 6 Questions to be asked



Ø Students have to answer any 4 questions.

Ø Out of six questions, three questions should be problem oriented.

Ø At least one questions should be set on each unit


Part- C In all 6 Questions to be asked



Ø Students have to answer any 4 questions

Ø At least one questions should be set on each unit


63

SYLLABUS OF B.A/ B.Sc. COURSE IN STATISTICS (OPTIONAL) WITH EFFECT FROM: 2017-18.

FIRST SEMESTER: THEORY PAPER Total 50 Hrs STTH-1: UNIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS AND PROBABILITY Unit 1: Introduction: Meaning and scope of statistics Data Measurement scales: Nominal, Ordinal. Variable: Discrete and Continuous variables. Presentation of data: Classification and tabulation Frequency distribution. Diagrams-Simple, Multiple and Percentage Bar, Pie chart and Graphs-Histogram, frequency polygon, frequency curve and Ogives. 10 Hours Unit 2: Measures of location: Purpose of Measures of location, Definition of A.M, G.M, H.M and their Properties (with proof), Median and Mode. Partitioned values: Definition of Quartiles, Deciles and Percentiles. 10 Hours Unit 3: Measures of dispersion: Purpose of measures of dispersion, Absolute and relative measures of dispersion. Definition of Range, quartile deviation, Mean deviation, Standard deviation, the effect of origin and scale on standard deviation and combined standard deviation of two groups. Definition of Moments, Definition and types of skewness, Measures of skewness: Karl Pearson’s , Bowley’s and Moments based measures. Kurtosis- definition, types of kurtosis and moments based measure of kurtosis. 10 Hours Unit 4: Probability: Random experiment, Sample space, Outcome, Event, Simple event, Compound event, Mutually exclusive, Equally likely and Exhaustive events with Examples. Probability: Mathematical, Statistical, Axiomatic approach. Derivations of 0≤P(A)≤ 1, P(A) + P( ) = 1, P(Φ) = 0 and P(A) ≤ P(B) for A B. Conditional probability, Addition and Multiplication law of probability . Baye’s theorem (with proof) and examples. 10 Hours Unit 5:Random variable: Definition of Random variables - Discrete and Continuous random variable. Probability mass function (pmf) and Probability density function (pdf) and simple examples. Univariate transformation of variables and examples. Cumulative distribution function and properties (without proof). Definition of Expectation, Moments about origin and mean, Moment generating function (m.g.f) and its properties (with proof). 10 Hours

64

FIRST SEMESTER: STPR-1: PRACTICAL PAPER

1. Construction of frequency distributions and diagrammatic and graphical representation.

2. Measures of Central tendency: A.M, G.M, and H.M and their interpretations. 3. Measures of Location: Mode and Median and their interpretations. 4. Measures of Dispersion: Standard deviation and Coefficient of variation. 5. Measures of Skewness and kurtosis and moments. 6. Probability of an event using addition and compound law of probability. 7. Computation of unknown constant k in p.m.f ,p.d.f and c.d.f.

Books for study:

1. Bhat.B.R.Srivenkataramana T..And Rao.Madhav K.S. (1996): Statistics: A Beginner’s Text, Vols I and II, New Age International (P) Ltd.

2. Gupta S.C and Kapoor V.K.: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics- Sultan Chand & Sons publications.

3. Goon AM, Gupta M.K., Das Gupta.B.(1991): Fundamentals of Statistics vol-I World Press, and Kolkatta.

4. Hogg .R.V.and Craig.A.T(1978):Introduction to Mathematical Statistics.Amerind Publishing company.

5. Medhi.J. (1992) Statistical Method: An Introductory text. New Age.

Books for Reference: 1. Anderson T.W. and Sclove S.L (1978): An Introduction to the Statistical Analysis of

Data.Houghton Miffin & Co. 2. Cooke, Cramer and Clake: Basic Statistical Computing, Chapman and Hall. 3. Mood.A.M.,Graybill.F A. and Boes D.C.(1974): Introduction to the Theory of

Statistics.

McGrawHill. 4. Speigel M.R. (1967): Theory & Problems of Statistics, Schaum’s publishing Series. 5. Hogg and Craig: Introduction to Mathematical Statistics. Macmillan. 6. Mukhopadhyay.P. (1996): Mathematical Statistics. Calcutta Publishing House.

65

12. ZOOLOGY (Optional)


ZOOLOGY (Optional) Semester Scheme (CBSC – Pattern)

(B.Sc I semester to IV semester)

From 2017-2018 onwards

Study of Zoology should lead to a clearer insight into and make

Students conversant with the existence, functioning and diversity of life

forms. They should have a reasonably in depth knowledge of the origin

of life and life-forms at the level of the most basic unit the cell and all the

way through organ systems. Inter-relation of living and non-living forms,

relation between life forms and their habitat will create awareness about

sustainable living so essential to ensure future life on planet earth.

Knowledge of basics of applied biology with refrence to areas like

pharmacy and food cultivation and processing, can help in creating jobs,

ensuring food security and environmental friendly practices. Basics of

sunrise and important areas in Biology with great potential for higher

studies and research can help students take up higher studies and

research. All this has been compiled with the view to make our students

confident and competent to participate in national and global educational

program and career options.

Smt. S.G.MAHALDAR. Chairman Board of Studies in Zoology (Under Graduate) RANI CHANNAMMA UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI.

66

BSc I Semester Scheme (CBSC - Pattern) Zoology (Optional) (Revised) Syllabus 2017-2018 Onwards

Semesters Syllabus Total Hours Theory &

Practical/ Week

I

BIOLOGY OF NON-CHORDATES

50hrs. 4 hrs.

PRACTICAL 12 4 hrs.

NOTE:

THEORY MARKS PRACTICAL MARKS

Internal Annual Total Marks


20 80 100 marks 10 40 50 marks

Question paper pattern for THEORY examination

Que.No. Marks Solve Total Marks I 02 10 20 II 04 05 20 III 10 04 40

TOTAL --- 80 MARKS

PRACTICAL pattern for examination

Que.No. Solve

Total Marks

I Dissection ( Explain any one system) 06 II Mounting 05 III Identification / Spotting ( 12 ) 24 IV Journal 05

TOTAL --- 40 MARKS

67

B.Sc I Semester Syllabus

ZOOLOGY (Optional) 2017-18 onwards

Total Marks-80 Total Teaching-50hrs.

Biology of Non-chordates

UNIT-I Taxonomy: Binomial nomenclature and concept of Species. 2 hrs Protozoa: General characters & Classification up to classes with examples. General Topics-Locomotion and Nutrition in Protozoa. 4hrs Porifera: General characters & Classification up to classes with 5 hrs examples. Type study-Sycon-Structure & Life history, Canal system, spicules, Spongin-fibres and Gemmule

UNIT-II Coelenterate: General characters & Classification up to classes 4 hrs with examples. Structure &life history of Obelia. Polymorphism. Platyhelminthes: General characters & Classification up to classe 3 hrs with examples. Type Study-Fasciola hepatica Externals character, Reproductive system & Life history. Parasitic adaptation in Platyhelminthes. Aschelminthes: General characters & classification up to classes 2 hrs with examples .Parasitic adaptations in Aschelminthes.

UNIT-III Annelida: General characters & classification up to classes with 5 hrs examples. Type study Pheretima posthumous- Externals characters, Digestive system, Excretory system, Nervous system, Circulatory system and Reproductive system. Arthropoda: General characters & Classification up to classes with examples. Type study Prawn- Externals characters, Digestive system. Nervous system & Reproductive system. Appendages of prawn. Mouth parts of Cockroach, House fly, Butter fly & Mosquito. 7 hrs

68

UNIT-IV Mollusca: General characters & Classification up to classes with examples. Type study Pila globosa Externals characters, Digestive system. Respiratory system. Nervous system & Reproductive system. 6 hrs Echinodermata: General characters & classification up to classes with examples. Type study-Starfish-External characters, Digestive system, Water vascular system, and Echinoderm larvae. 5hrs

UNIT-V Parasitology: External structure, Life Cycle,and mode of Transmission, Pathogenecity and control measure of the following.07hrs 1. Plasmodium vivax 2. Entameoba histolytic 3. Taenia solium 4. Ascaris 5. Wacheria bancrofti 6. Ectoparasites – Ticks & mites. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PRACTICALS

Total Practical – 12

1. Study of protozoan culture & preparation of slides. 01 2. Classification of up to classes with one suitable example from Each Protozoa, Porifera, Coelenterate, Platyhelminthes. Aschelminthes & Annelid. 3. Classification of up to classes with one suitable example from Each Arthropoda, Mollusca, Echinodermata. 05 4. Mouth parts of Cockroach, House fly, Butter fly & Mosquito. 01 5. Parasitic adaptations in Taenia solium, Wacheria bancrofti & 01 Fasciola hepatica. 6. Explanation & Demonstration in Earth worm. 04 a). External characters b). Digestive system c). Nervous system d).Reproductive system e). Mounting of Blood glands, Ovary, Setae & Nephridia.

69

NOTE: 1. With the help of Charts/Models/Diagrams/Printouts & Xerox Sheets are used in practical’s demonstration. 2. As per UGC guidelines Only one specimen is to be demonstra -ted by Faculty & students should not do any dissection. 3. Students are supposed to draw neat labelled diagrams & write The explanation in their journal. 4. In practical examination question no I & II are put Charts/ Models/ Diagrams/ Printouts & Xerox Sheets of the system- Students has to identify& write the explanation in their Examination paper. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Modern Text Book of Zoology Invertebrate –R.L.Kotpal.

2. Invertebrate Zoology –Dhami & Dhami

3. Non - Chordata (Invertebrata) - Majapuria

4. Functional Organization of Non-Chordata- H Nigam & R.Sobti-

Shoban Lal Nagin Chand & Co.

5. A manual of Zoology Invertebrate- M.Ekambarnath Ayyar &

Swaminathan Ayyar S. Vishwanath Publisher.

6. The InvertebratesVol-1Protozoa Hyman L.H.McGraw Hill

7. The Invertebrates Vol 2 – Hyman et al.

8. Text Book of Zoology – Parker T.J. & Haswell W.A. Macmillan

Co.London

70

GROUP - III

I SEMESTER INDIAN CONSTITUTION

(Compulsory Paper) for all U.G. Courses (Total = 80 Marks)

Chapter -I Constitutional History, Preamble salient features, citizenship, Method of Amendment and Recent Amendments 08 Hours Chapter -II Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy. Fundamental

Duties. Difference between Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State

Policy 10 Hours Chapter -III Union Government 10 Hours

a)President - powers and functions. Vice president powers and functions, Prime

Minister and council of ministers b)Parliament- Lok sabha, Rajya sabha- composition powers and functions.

c)Judiciary (Supreme Court) composition powers and functions Judicial Activism

Chapter -IV State Government 10 Hours

a) Governor: powers and functions b) Chief minister: c) State Legislative Assembly and Legislative Council- composition powers

and functions. d) High Court : composition powers and functions

Chapter -IV Recent Trends in Indian Constitution 12 Hours

a) Basic structure of Indian Constitution. b) National Integration- and obstacles to National Integration c) Federalism, Centre State Relations d) Recent Electoral Reforms and Anti Defection Law e) Recommendations of National Commission to Review the working of

Indian Constitution.

71

Books of Reference :

1. M.V.Pylee, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Vikas, 2005.

2. Subhash C. Kashyap, Our Constitution : An Introduction to India’s Constitution and constitutional Law, New Delhi, National Book Trust, 2000.

3. Durga Das Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.

4. D.C.Gupta, Indian Government and Politics, VIII Edition, New Delhi, Vikas, 1994.

5. J.C.Johari, Indian Government and Politics, Delhi, Sterling Publishers, 2004.

6. V.D.Mahajan, Constitutional Development and National Movement in India, New Delhi, S. Chand and Co., latest edition.

7. Constituent Ascysembly Debates, New Delhi, Lok Sabha Secretariat, 1989.

8. Granville Austin, Working of a Democratic Constitution : The Indian Experience, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.

9. A.P.Avasthi, Indian Government and Politics, Agra, Naveen Agarwal, 2004

10.S.A.Palekar, Indian Constitution, New Delhi, Serials Publications, 2003.

11.Brij Kishore Sharma, Introduction to the Constitution of India (Second Edition), New Delhi, Prentice-Hall of India, 2004.

12.H.M.Rajashekhar, Understanding the Indian Constitution, Mysore, Prabodha, 2005. 13.J.N.Pandey, Constitutional Law of India, Allahabad. Central Law Agency

13. Indian Policy- M Laxmikanth, MgGRAW hill education WE Series 4th Edition

Model Question Paper

1. There will be Eight questions 2. Student has to answer any Five questions 3. Each question carry 16 Marks

***************************

1

WELWELWELWEL----COMECOMECOMECOME


PROGRAMMES – B.Sc

II Semester

w.e.f.

Academic Year 2017-18 Onwards

2

B.Sc I – Semester

Group – I

1. BASIC – ENGLISH

Detailed Syllabus for B. Sc. / B.Sc. Comp-Sc / BCA / B. Sc. in CCJ (With effect from 2016-17 onwards)

Semester II: Basic English Teaching Hours: 5 per Week

I Text: Prose

1. A Chameleon – Anton Chekhov 2. The False Gems – Guy de Maupassant 3. The Secret of Work – Swami Vivekanand 4. Duty – Mulk Raj Anand 5. Our Home in Space – Sir James Jeans

Poetry

1. Hunger – Jayant Mahapatra 2. Telephone Conversation – Wole Soyanka 3. The Diameter of the Bomb – Yehuda Amichai 4. This is a Photograph of Me – Margret Atwood 5. The Emperor of Ice Cream – Wallace Stevens

II Grammar and Communication Skills

A) Synonyms and Antonyms text based B) Frame Wh- questions C) Communicative Skills D) Short Speech Skills - Global Warming, Water Scarcity, Pollution,

Terrorism, Anti-social activities, Startups, Plantation, bio-diversity, rain harvesting, women education, Clean Mission India, Impact of

strikes, Alcoholism, First day in college, Mother’s day, Yoga day, Environment day and Science day. (about 100-150 words)

E) Preparing an Advertisement - Notebook, Pen, Soap, Smart Phone, TV, Computer, Shoes, etc.

F) Resume and CV writing

3

Pattern of Question Paper (80 Marks paper of three hours and 20 Marks for I.A)

1) Objective type questions (5 from Prose and 5 from Poetry) 10X1=10 2) Reference to Context (One from Prose and (one from Poetry out of four) 2X5=10 3) Essay type question on Prose (one out of two) 1X10=10 4) Essay type question on Poetry (one out of two) 1X10=10 5) Short Notes (One from Prose and (One from Poetry out of four) 2X5=10

A) Synonyms 5X1=05 B) Antonyms 5X1=05 B) Framing Wh- questions 5X1=05 7) A) Short Speeches 1X5=05 B) Preparing an Advertisement 1X5=05 C) Resume Writing/CV 1X5=05 80

Additional English:


Semester II: Additional English Teaching Hours: 5 per Week

Text: The Cutting Edge: Science & Scientists (Ed. Colin Swatridge (Macmillan) Only the following biographical sketches are to be taught.

1. Rene Descartes (1596-1650) 2. Antoine Lavoisier (1743-94) 3. Ivan Pavlov (1849-1926) 4. Sigmund Freud (1856-1939) 5. Werner Heisenberg (1901-1976)

4

Grammar and Composition 1) Relative Clauses 2) Conditionals and ‘wish’ 3) Use of words as Two different forms of Speech 4) Report Writing (functions, seminars, excursion, tours, accident,

earthquake, flood, etc.)


1) Objective type questions 10X1= 10 2) Comprehension Questions on the biographical sketches 5X2=10 3) Essay type question on the biographical sketches (One out of two) 1X10 =10 4) Essay type question on the biographical sketches (One out of two) 1X10=10 5) Short Notes on the biographical sketches (Two out of four) 2X5=10 6 ) A) Relative Clauses 5X1=05 B) Conditionals and ‘wish’ 5X1=05 7) Use of words in a sentence as two different forms of Speech 5X2 = 10 8) Report writing 10

80

5

2. BASIC - KANNADA

¸Á»vÀå PËªÀÄÄ¢-2

©.J¸ï¹. Jg ÀqÀ£ÉAiÀÄ É«Ä ÀÖgï

C£ÀÄ§AzsÀ – 3

¥ÀzÀå sÁU À

1. PÁªÀå ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ¥Àjtv ÀªÀÄwU À¼ï -²æÃ«dAiÀÄ

2. ªÀZ À£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ -§¸ÀªÀtÚ ªÀÄv ÀÄÛ CP ÀÌªÀÄºÁzÉÃ«

3. sÉÃzÀzÀ° ºÉÆQ ÌjzÀ£ÉÆÃ ªÀÄzsÀÄ¸ÀÆzÀ£À -PÀÄªÀiÁgÀªÁå¸À

4. Éè£ï »ÃA P ÀzÀ£À -©JA²æÃ

5. P ÀÄgÀÄqÀÄ PÁAZÁuÁ -zÀ. gÁ. ÉÃAzÉæ

6. ¤ÃªÀ®èªÉ? -PÉ. J¸ï. £ÀgÀ¹AºÀ¸Áé«Ä

7. £À£Àß ºÀtv É -f. J¸ï. ²ªÀgÀÄz Àæ¥Àà

8. AiÀiÁv ÀP ÀªÁé ºÀÄ§â½î-zsÁgÁéqÀ! - ÉlUÉÃj PÀÈµÀÚ±ÀªÀÄð

9. P ÉÆÃjP É -F±ÀégÀ ¸ÀtP À®è

10. ¸ÀAPÁæAw -²æÃgÁªÀÄ ElÖtÚªÀgÀ

U ÀÀzÀå sÁU À

11. zsÀ£ÀéAv ÀjAiÀÄ aQv Éì -PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ

12. ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw ªÀÄv ÀÄÛ ¸Á»v Àå -J.J£ï. ªÀÄÆwðgÁªï

13. ¹. «. gÁªÀÄ£ï -eÉ. Dgï. ®P ÀëöätgÁªï

14. ¥sÉæqïºÁAiÀiïè: C¥ÀæwªÀÄ R sËv À «eÁÕ¤ -qÁ. ±ÀAP ÀgÀ Dgï. P ÀAzÀUÀ¯ï

15. ¦æAiÀÄzÀ²ð C±ÉÆÃP À - ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAP ÀmÉÃ±À CAi ÀÄåAUÁgÀ

16. zÉÃ« - ±ÁAvÁzÉÃ« P Àt«

6

4. BASIC - MARATHI

B.Sc

Semester II

Basic Marathi

Course: Literary Form: Translation : The Kalam

Efect : P. M. Nayar

Translation : Meera Shete-Shambu

Vishwakarma Publications, Pune.

7

4. BASIC-ARABIC

SYLLABUS OF ARABIC SUBJECT BSc. Second Semester

Arabic Basic (With effect from 2016-17 onwards)

Paper : Prose, Poetry and History of Arabic Literature Scheme of teaching : 5 hours per week

Prescribed Text Books

1. Al-Qiratul Wadhiha Part-II ( Prose) Following Lessons. 1.Al Firashatu wazzahratu. 2.Azziyaratu. 3. Fis sooqi 4.Al Mahattatu. 5. Usratul amm. 6. Dukaanul Fawakhi

By:Waheeduz.zama Al-Kiranvi.Pub.By:Maktaba Husainia Deoband (U.P)

2. Mukhtaaraatul Adab (Poetry) By: Zaidaan Badraan Pub.By: Majlis-e- Isha atul uloom Jamia Nizamiya Hyderabad.59 Following Poems 1.AtTaa ir 2. AnNasheedul madrasi 3. Alkitabu 4. Unsheedatul Eid 5.Al Alamu. 6. Unshudatus Sabah.

3. Tareekh Adab-e-Arabi Chapter No.I Teesri fasl

By: Dr.syed tufail Ahmad madaniPub.By:Deccan Traders Book Seller

& Publisher 23-2-378, Moghalpura, Hyderabad. (A.P)

4. The Holy Quraan. Pub.By:Taj Company Mumbai Sura-Alam Nashrah.



2) Summary from first and second text with choice 2x7½ = 15

3) R.C. from first and second text with choice 3x5 = 15

4) Appreciation of verses from second text 3 out of 5 3x5 = 15


6) Question on Sura 1x10 = 10 ----

80

8

5. BASIC – URDU

B.Sc Second Semester Urdu-Basic(MIL)


Paper-II. Prose, Poetry and Essays

Scheme of teaching:- Duration- 16 Weeks- 5hours per Week

Prescribed text books.

Detailed Text by

I.Zouqey Adab(Vol 1) (Part 2) Prof. M.N Saeed.

Pub. By Hamim Pulishers 3, 1st floor, Lal Masjid Building Shivaji Nagar, Bangalore-51.

Non-Detailed Text: by

II. Jaded Ilme Science Wazarat Hussain

( Lessons 3,4,5 Only) Pub. By Educational Book House

(Page 76 to 130) Aligarh-202002.

9

Scheme of Examination (I & II Semester)

Total Marks – 100( Theory-80 Marks + Internal Assessment 20- Marks

a) Each Paper of 100 Marks shall carry 20 Marks Internal Assessment out of 20 Marks , 4+10 shall be for semester test and remaining 3+3 shall be for H. Assignment & Attendance.

b) In each paper 2 test shall be conducted for the award of Internal Assessment Marks, first test of 1 hour duration for maximum of 20 marks reduced to 4, shall be conducted in 8th week . Second test in 12th week of respective semester of maximum 80 marks & of 3 hours duration then reduced to 10 marks.

The question paper should be broadly based on the following pattern. (I & II Semester)

1. Multiple Choice questions from Detailed and N.D text. 10 * 1 = 10 (10 out of 10)

Detailed text (Prose & Poetry)

2. Essay type question on Prose (1 out of 2) 1 * 10 =10 3. Question on reference to the context 4* 2 1/2 =10

(4out of 6) 4. Summary of the Poem (1 out of 3) 1 * 10 =10 5. Appreciation of verses from Gazals (4 out of 6) 4 * 2 1/2 =10

Non-Detailed text

6. Essay type question 2 * 10 = 20 (1 out of 2)

Short Notes (2 out of 4) 1* 10 = 10

10

7. BASIC – SAMSKRIT (With effect from 2016-17 onwards)

Bsc Part –I Basic – Samskrit

Second Semester Teaching Hours : 5 Hours per week Exam Marks : 80+20=100 of 3 hours Duration Text : xÉÇxM×üiÉ MüÉurÉ xÉÑwÉqÉÉ (Samskrit Kayya Sushama) Samaja Pustakalaya Depot Dharwad 1. pÉuÉÉlÉÏ pÉÉuÉ mÉUÏ¤ÉÉ : 35 Marks

2. qÉÉiÉQèaÉ uÉ× ÉÉliÉ È : 35 Marks

3. urÉÉMüUhÉ Grammer x§ÉÏÍsÉQèaÉ vÉoSÉÈ

: 10 Marks

Bsc Part –I

Basic – Samskrit


Second Semester

1. New Type Questions [Fill in the blanks]/ Select correct answer (any ten out of twelve)

10 Marks

2. a) Translate & Explain (any two out of three) Stanza’s

b) Translate & Explain from prose (any two out of three)

10 Marks 10 Marks

3. Explain with reference to context (any two out of four) 16 Marks 4. Short notes (any two out of four) 08 Marks 5. Answer the following question (any one from each

section) 16 Marks

6. Grammar (Feminine genders) 10 Marks Total 80 Marks

11

7. BASIC – PERSIAN


PRESCRIBED TEXTBOOK

Following portion only

Gulastaan-E-Saadi

Baharistan-E-Jaami

Textbook

Shahkar-E-Farsi by Hafez Abdul Alim Khan

Pub by:-Ram Narayanlal Bani mahdho2

katra road Allahabad(U.P)

8. BASIC – HINDI

SSyyllllaabbuuss ooff BB.. SScc//BBCCAA IIII SSeemmeesstteerr

HHiinnddii BBaassiicc 22001166--1177 oonnwwaarrddss

TTeeaacchhiinngg hhoouurrss ppeerr wweeeekk:: 0055 hhoouurrss TToottaall MMaarrkkss:: 110000 MMaarrkkss EExxaammiinnaattiioonn:: 0033 hhoouurrss TThheeoorryy:: 8800 MMaarrkkss

IInntteerrnnaall AAsssseessssmmeenntt:: 2200 MMaarrkkss

TTeexxtt BBooookkss::

11.. MMüüÉÉuurrÉÉ xxÉÉUUaaÉÉqqÉÉ-- xxÉÉ ÇÇ.. xxÉÉ ÇÇiiÉÉÉÉ ååwwÉÉ MM ÑÑüüqqÉÉÉÉUU ccÉÉiiÉÉ ÑÑuuÉÉ åå ïïSSÏÏ,, ssÉÉÉÉ ååMMüüppÉÉÉÉUUiiÉÉÏÏ mmÉÉ ëëMMüüÉÉzzÉÉllÉÉ,, CCssÉÉÉÉWW ûûÉÉooÉÉÉÉSS--11 ((AAkkrrÉÉrrÉÉllÉÉ MM ååüü ÍÍssÉÉLL qqÉÉææÍÍjjÉÉssÉÉÏÏzzÉÉUUhhÉÉ aaÉÉÑÑmmiiÉÉ xxÉÉåå AAzzÉÉÉÉ ååMMüü uuÉÉÉÉeeÉÉmmÉÉ åårrÉÉÏÏ iiÉÉMMüü MMüüÐÐ MMüüÌÌuuÉÉiiÉÉÉÉLLÆÆ))

22.. xxÉÉÉÉqqÉÉÉÉllrrÉÉ ÌÌllÉÉooÉÉ ÇÇkkÉÉ 33.. AAllÉÉ ÑÑuuÉÉÉÉSS

12

DDiissttrriibbuuttiioonn ooff MMaarrkkss

MMüüÉÉuurrÉÉ xxÉÉUUaaÉÉqqÉÉ -- 5555 AA ÇÇMMüü

xxÉÉÉÉqqÉÉÉÉllrrÉÉ ÌÌllÉÉooÉÉ ÇÇkkÉÉ -- 1155 AA ÇÇMMüü

AAllÉÉ ÑÑuuÉÉÉÉSS -- 1100 AA ÇÇMMüü

AA OObbjjeeccttiivvee TTyyppee QQuueessttiioonnss ((1100 oouutt ooff 1144)) 1100 MMaarrkkss BB AAnnnnoottaattiioonnss ffrroomm TTeexxtt BBooookk ((33oouutt ooff 55)) 1155 MMaarrkkss CC EEssssaayy TTyyppee ooff QQuueessttiioonnss ffrroomm TTeexxtt BBooookk ((22 oouutt ooff 44)) 2200 MMaarrkkss DD SShhoorrtt NNootteess ffrroomm TTeexxtt BBooookk ((22oouutt ooff 44)) 1100 MMaarrkkss EE GGeenneerraall EEssssaayy ((xxÉÉÉÉqqÉÉÉÉllrrÉÉ ÌÌllÉÉooÉÉ ÇÇkkÉÉ)) ((11oouutt ooff 33)) 1155 MMaarrkkss

FF TTrraannssllaattiioonn ((AAllÉÉ ÑÑuuÉÉÉÉSS)) ((KKaannnnaaddaa//EEnngglliisshh iinn ttoo HHiinnddii)) 1100 MMaarrkkss

TThheeoorryy ttoottaall 8800 MMaarrkkss IInntteerrnnaall AAsssseessssmmeenntt 2200 MMaarrkkss TToottaall 110000 MMaarrkkss

RReeffeerreennccee BBooookkss::

11.. NN ûûÉÉrrÉÉÉÉuuÉÉÉÉSS-- QQ ûûÊÊ.. llÉÉÉÉqqÉÉuuÉÉUU ÍÍxxÉÉ ÇÇWW ûû 22.. mmÉÉëëaaÉÉÌÌiiÉÉuuÉÉÉÉSS-- QQ ûûÊÊ.. ÍÍzzÉÉuuÉÉMM ÑÑ üüqqÉÉÉÉUU ÍÍqqÉÉ´ÉÉ 33.. AA¥¥ÉÉåårrÉÉ AAÉÉææUU mmÉÉ ëërrÉÉÉÉ ååaaÉÉuuÉÉÉÉSS-- zzÉÉ ææssÉÉ ÍÍxxÉÉllWW ûûÉÉ 44.. mmÉÉëë ååqqÉÉccÉÉ ÇÇSS MM ååüü ´ÉÉåå¸ ÌÌllÉÉooÉÉ ÇÇkkÉÉ-- QQ ûûÊÊ.. xxÉÉiirrÉÉmmÉÉëëMMüüÉÉzzÉÉ ÍÍqqÉÉ´ÉÉ 55.. AAllÉÉ ÑÑuuÉÉÉÉSS ÌÌuuÉÉ¥¥ÉÉÉÉllÉÉ-- QQ ûûÊÊ.. ppÉÉÉÉ ååssÉÉÉÉllÉÉÉÉjjÉÉ ÌÌiiÉÉuuÉÉÉÉUUÏÏ 66.. AAllÉÉ ÑÑuuÉÉÉÉSS MMüüssÉÉÉÉ-- QQ ûû ÊÊ.. ÌÌuuÉÉzzuuÉÉllÉÉÉÉjjÉÉ AArrrrÉÉUU 77.. ÌÌllÉÉooÉÉ ÇÇkkÉÉÉÉ åå ÇÇ MMüüÉÉ ZZÉÉeeÉÉÉÉllÉÉÉÉ-- AAÉÉUUiiÉÉÏÏ AAÎÎaallÉÉWW ûûÉÉ åå§§ÉÉÏÏ 88.. ´ÉÉåå¸ ÌÌWW ÇÇ ûûSSÏÏ ÌÌllÉÉooÉÉ ÇÇkkÉÉ-- ooÉÉ ëëeeÉÉ ÌÌMMüüzzÉÉÉÉååUU mmÉÉ ëëxxÉÉÉÉSS ÍÍxxÉÉ ÇÇWW ûû

13

Group – II


Science Subjects: (any three subject of equal importance to be chosen as per the grouping given by Rani Channamma University, Belagavi)

DETAILED SYLLABUS OF FOLLOWING PAPERS WITH PRACTICALS



SEMESTER- II

PAPER –2.1 MICROBIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES

Total Hours Allotted: 50

1. Microscopy:

Principles of Microscopy- resolving power, numerical aperture, working distance and magnification. 2. Principles of photomicrography. 3. Working principles and applications of a) Dark field microscope b) Phase contrast microscope c) Fluorescence Microscope e) Electron Microscopy- TEM and SEM 8 Hours

2. Sterilization: A) Physical methods and their mode of action.

i) Heat

a) Dry heat-Hot air Oven b) Incineration c) Moist heat-Autoclave and Pressure cooker. d) Tyndallizations(Fractional Sterilization)

ii) Filtrations-Types of filters and laminar air flow. iii) Radition methods-UV and Gamma Raditions.

B) Chemical methods: a) Definitions of terms-Disinfectants, Antiseptics Sanitizers.

14

Microbicides- Bactericides, Viricides, Fungicides &Sporicides,Microbiostatic,Bacteriostatic and fungi biostatics agents.

b) Use and mode of action- Alcohol, Aldehydes, Halogens,Phenols,Heavy metal Detergents: Quaternary ammonium compounds. 12 Hours

3. Culturing of microorganisms: Culture media-Synthetic and non-synthetic-solid, liquid and semisolid media, Special media-Enriched, Selective, Transport, Differential media. Methods of isolation of bacteria, fungi- Serial dilution, Pour plate, Spread plate and Streak plate. Different methods for maintenance of pure culture.

Cultivation of anaerobic bacteria- Anaerobic jars method. 12 Hours

4. Strains and Staining Techniques: Principles and types of stains- Preparation of bacterial stains for light microscopy.Fixation,Simple staining(Positive and Negative),Differential staining(Gram staining and acid fast staining),Structural staining(capsule and endospore staining). 12 Hours

5. Instruments:

Working principles of Centrifuge, pH meter, Colorimeter and Spectrophotometer and their applications.

6- HOURS

PRACTICALS-2.2 Microbiological Techniques:

1. Study of microscope.Structure and working principle of Light microscope.

2. Preperation of the culture media: Broth, Semisolid and solid.Poureplate,Streak plate and Spread plate techniques.

3. Isolation and Enumeration of microorganisms using serial Dilution techniques.

15

4. Staining methods Simple staining, Gram staining,Acid fast staining and structural stains.

5. Demonstration of slides culture techniques of Fungi. 6. Demonstration of laboratory instruments: Autoclave, Hot air Oven,

Incubator, Centrifuge, Spectrophotometer and pH meter.

REFERENCES:

1. Aneja K.R, Experiments in Microbiology, Plant Pathology, Tissue culture and Mushroom cultivation, New Age International, New Delhi.

2. Atlas.R.M. “Microbiology- Fundamental and Applications” Mac Millian Publishing company New York.

3. Benson Harold. J “ Microbial Applications” WCB McMillian Publishing Co, New York.

4. Bhattacharya “ Experiments with Microorganisms”-Emkay Publishers. 5. Colwod. D 1997 “Microbial Diversity” Johan Wiley. 6. Cooper,D 1997 :The tools of Biochemistry” Johan Wiley and sons. 7. Pelechzar M.J. and Chand ECS and Kreig NR- 1982 “Microbiology”

Tata McGraw Hill Book Co. New York. 8. Salle. A.J. “Fundamentals Principles of Bacteriology” Tata McGraw Hill

Publishing Company Ltd. New Delhi. 9. Stainer. R.Y. and Ingraham J.L “ General Microbiology” Prentice Hall

of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi. 10. SulliaS.B.andShantaram S 1998” General Microbiology” oxford and

IBH Publishing Co Pvt.Ltd.New Delhi. 11. Sunderrajan“ Tools and Techniques of Microbiology”- Anmol

Publications.

16

2. PHYSICS (Optional)

(With effect from 2017-18 onwards) Physics 2.1: SOUND AND THERMAL PHYSICS (Total Hours: 50)

17BSCPHYT12

UNIT I

SOUND Free, forced and sustained vibrations, resonance with examples. Analytical treatment of undamped, Damped and forced vibrations, Condition for amplitude at resonance, phase of forced vibrations, effect of damping on phase of forced vibrations. Theory of Helmholtz Resonator and determination of unknown frequency. Transducers and their characteristics: Pressure microphone (Carbon), moving coil loud speaker. Problems. ( 9 + 1 = 10hours)

UNIT II KINETIC THEORY OF GASES Postulates of kinetic theory of gases, Maxwell’s law of distribution of velocities (derivation assuming constants a and b). Average, r.m.s and most probable velocity (derivation ). Mean free path, derivation of Clausius expression, & Maxwell’s expression. Brownian Motion and derivation of Einstein’s equation for translational Brownian motion. Problems. (9 + 1 = 10 hours)

UNIT III THERMODYANMICS Heat engines: Otto Engine, Otto Cycle, expression for efficiency. Diesel engine: Diesel cycle, expression for efficiency and Carnot’s Theorem. Entropy: Concept of entropy. change in entropy in reversible and irreversible processes. Entropy – Temperature diagram, Second law of thermodynamics. Maxwell’s Relations : Derivation of Maxwell’s Relations . Applications to Clausius – Clapeyron’s equation. Problems. (8 + 2 = 10 hours)

17

UNIT IV LOW PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE Production of low pressure: Exhaust pump and its characteristics (Exhaust pressure, degree of vacuum attainable, speed of pump). Expression for speed of pump. 1. Diffusion pump: Principle, construction and working. 2. Ionization gauge: Principle, construction and working. Production of low temperature: Joule Thomson effect, porous plug experiment with analytical treatment concept of is version temperature. Problems. (9 + 1 = 10 hours)

UNIT V Radiation Radiation pressure ( qualitative ), Stefan’s Law and its derivation using radiation pressure. Determination of Stefan’s constant. Energy distribution in the Black body spectrum. Wein’s displacement law and Rayleigh – Jean’s Law ( qualitative ). Planck’s law and its derivation. Derivation of Wein’s Displacement law & Rayleigh Jean law from Planck’s law. Problems. (9 + 1 = 10 hours) PHYSICS 2.2 : LAB – II

17BSCPHYP22

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Helmholtz Resonator. 2. Frequency of A.C using sonometer. 3. Velocity of sound through material of wire using sonometer. 4. Characteristics of loud speaker (Tweeter and Woofer). 5. Determination of thermal conductivity of bad conductor by Lee’s method. 6. Determination of Stefan’s constant. 7. Verification of Stefan’s law. 8. Specific Heat of Liquid by method of cooling. 9. Characteristics of microphone. 10. Determination of solar constant. NOTE: 1. Experiments are of four hours duration. 2. Minimum of eight experiments to be performed.

18

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. A text book of Sound ( II Edition) – Brijlal and Subramanyam, Vikas Publishing House, 1977.

2. Text book of Sound ( I Edition) – Khanna and Bedi, Atmaram and Sons,1985. 3. Text book of Sound ( III Edition) – M. Ghosh, ( S.Chand. ) 4. Kinetic Theory of Gases ( I – edition ) – Ideal Book Service, Pune.( 1967) 5. Kinetic Theory of Gases – Kelkar V N. 6. Heat and Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics ( XVII Edition ) –Singhal,

Agarwal and Satyaprakash 7. Heat and Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics ( I Edition ) – Brij lal

Subramanyam and Hemne ( S.Chand , 2008 ). 8. Heat and Thermodynamics ( I Edition ) – D.S.Mathur (S.Chand, 1991). 9. A treatise on Heat – Saha and Srivastava. 10. A text book of heat – J.B.Rajam. 11. A text book of Heat and Thermodynamics-Sears and Salinger 12. Kinetic theory of gases – R. S. Bhoosanurmath

3. GEOLOGY (Optional) SYLLABI FOR B.SC.I & II SEMESTER GEOLOGY (OPTIONAL)

2017-18

S. No. Paper Code Title of the Paper Marks Exam

Time

Inst. Hrs/ week Theory/

Practical Internal Total

B.Sc Semester I

1. DYNAMIC GEOLOGY, CRYSTALLOGRAPHY & FIELD GEOLOGY

80 20* 100 3 hrs 4

2. PRACTICAL : STUDY OF TOPOSHEETS, GEOMORPHOLOGICAL MODELS & CRYSTAL MODELS

40 10** 50 4 hrs 4

B.Sc Semester II

19

3. MINERALOGY & OPTICAL MINERALOGY

80 20* 100 3 hrs 4

4. PRACTICAL: MINERALOGY & OPTICAL MINERALOGY

40 10** 50 4 hrs 4

*Theory Internal 20 marks covers: Two theory tests in each semester; AND **One Practical internal test of 10 marks in each semester.

a) Student batch: As this is a semi technical and at present available only at GSS College, each batch should consist of not more than 10 students for the regular practical classes.

b) Study Tour: There will be a Geological Study Tour to the places of geological interest mainly to study the field occurrence of geological features during each SEMESTER. It carries weightage in the final practical marks. Each student shall submit a consolidated study tour report along with the journal.

c) Practical Record: Submission of a well-maintained Journal of the Practical Work done during the semester is necessary before the Practical Examination.

d) Assignments: The students will be given assignments, which are to be submitted before the 2nd Internal Test examination.



20

OBJECTIVES: Introduce the ward to the geological processes, earth resources, our natural environment and the human interactions from a geological perspective. Topics to be covered will include; Earth Materials and Structure, Human interactions with nature, Environmental Hazards, Pollution of the Environment, Natural Resources, Energy Sources and their exploitation. Through these objectives the students will achieve the following know how:

· Develop the understanding of earth and its material. · Develop greater self-awareness of personal role regarding environmental issues. · Increase awareness of environmental issues and how they affect society. · Develop skills and insight into critical thinking and situational awareness of

surrounding environment. · Gain an understanding of the physical processes that operate in and on earth. · Understand the interactions between humans and the geological processes. · Understand past, present, and future environmental issues and how they affect the

earth and our society.

NATURE OF THEORY AND PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

a) Theory Examination: (Total 100 Marks)



PART A: TWELVE Questions (Definitions/two sentence answers) numbered l-12, each of 2 marks. Students need to answer ANY TEN questions. (2x10 = 20 Marks)

PART B: SIX Questions (Short answers) numbered as 13,14,15,16,17 & 18. Each of FIVE marks students need to answer ANY FOUR questions (4x5 = 20 Marks)

PART C: FIVE Questions (Descriptive answers) numbered 19,20,21,22 & 23. Each of TEN marks, students need to answer ANY FOUR questions (4x10 = 40 Marks)

ii) The remaining 20 marks are allotted for Internal Assessment Marks – of 1 hour 15 minutes for two internal tests in theory.

a. Two internal tests of 20 marks each reduced to 10 marks. b. Internal Assignment/Seminars/Student project work/Viva-voce (10 marks): Students are

given assignments/seminars on the subject taught or a student project work.

b) Practical Examination: Total 50 Marks.

a. Practical examination will have 3 or 4 Questions of 30 marks. b. Practical Record (Journal), Field study tour report and Viva Voce carry (10 marks). c. Practical Internal test: One internal test of 20 marks reduced to 10. (10 marks).

21

B.Sc (GEOLOGY OPTIONAL) SEMESTER II

MINERALOGY & OPTICAL MINERALOGY

Max. Marks: 80 Total teaching hours: 50 (4 hrs/week)

UNIT TOPIC Hrs

A. MINERALOGY

I

Definition of mineral. Properties depending upon light- color, streak, diaphaneity, luster.

Properties depending upon state of aggregation- form- columnar, lamellar and granular.

Imitative shapes- reniform, botryoidal, mamillary, amygdaloidal, vesicular, dendritic, stalactitic and stalagmitic.

10

II

Forms- Isomorphism, polymorphism, pseudomorphism Properties depending upon cohesion and elasticity - Cleavage, fracture, hardness (Moh’s scale of hardness) and tenacity; Other properties: taste, odour, feel, magnetism, electricity.

Specific Gravity – Walker Steel Yard Balance.

10

III

Silicate Mineral Structures.

General characters and uses of following group of minerals: Quartz, Felspar, Mica, Pyroxene, Amphibole, Olivine & Garnet

Gemstones: Definition, Specifications - Carat, Color, Clarity, Rarity, Durability. Types of gemstones and uses.

10

IV

B. OPTICAL MINERALOGY

Nature of light – Electromagnetic wave. Ordinary and polarized light – Reflection, refraction and refractive index, critical angle and total internal reflection. Double refraction.

Petrological microscope: Introduction to parts of microscope. Preparation of thin section.

Polarization: polarization by reflection, Brewster’s law - polarization by refraction, polarization by absorption.

10

V

Construction of Nicol Prism – Behavior of light in the microscope without mineral, with isotropic mineral and with anisotropic mineral.

Optical Accessories: Mica plate, Gypsum Plate and Quartz Wedge. Optical properties of mineral: in plane polarised light- colour, pleochroism, form, cleavage, fracture, relief. Properties in analysed/crossed nicols- Isotropism and anisotropism; Interference Colours; Birefringence; Extinction - types, extinction angle; Zoning and Twinning.

10

22

PRACTICAL

MINERALOGY & OPTICAL MINRALOGY


1. Mineralogy: Study of general characters and uses of following minerals. Quartz- Rock Crystal, Amethyst, Chalcedony, Agate, Flint, Jasper, Opal. Felspars- Orthoclase, Microcline, Plagioclase; Zeolites- Natrolite, Stilbite; Mica- Biotite, Muscovite, Pyroxene- Hypersthene, Augite, Diopside; Amphibole- Hornblende, Olivine, Garnet; Calcite, Dolomite, Magnesite, Kyanite, Corundum, Beryl, Tourmaline, Talc, Serpentine, Asbestos & Barites.

2. Determination of specific gravity by Walker steel yard balance. 3. Optical Mineralogy: Optical properties (under plane polarized and analysed

light) of following minerals- Quartz, Orthoclase, Microcline, Plagioclase, Muscovite, Biotite, Hypersthene, Augite, Hornblende, Olivine, Kyanite, Calcite, Corundum, Garnet, Magnetite & Hematite.

4. Determination of Extinction and Cleavage angle under microscope.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED

1. Rutley's Elements of Mineralogy H.H. Read 2. Optical Mineralogy Kerr.P.F 3. Optical Mineralogy Winchel 4. Mineralogy for students M.I. Batty 5. Mineralogy Berry & Mason 6. Dana's Text book of Mineralogy W.E. Ford 7. Mineralogy Berry & Mason 8. Mineralogy for students M.I. Batty 9. Optical Mineralogy E.E. Wahlstrom 10. Optical Mineralogy F.F. Kerr 11. Elements of Optical Mineralogy A.N. Winchell 12. Engineering Geology Parbin Singh 13. Principles of Engineering Geology K.M.Bangar 14. Treatise of Minerals of India R.K.Sinha 18. Principles of Engineering Geology Bangar

23

4. CHEMISTRY (Optional) COURSE PATTERN

Semester Particulars Instruction

Hours per week

Duration of Exams

Internal Assessment Marks

Examination Marks

I Theory Paper-I 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Practical-I 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

II Theory Paper-II 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Practical-II 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

III Theory Paper-III 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Practical-III 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

IV Theory Paper-IV 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Practical-IV 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

V

Theory Paper-Va 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Theory Paper-Vb 4hrs 3hrs 20 80 Practical-Va 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40 Practical-Vb 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

VI

Theory Paper-VIa 4hrs 3hrs 20 80

Theory Paper-VIb 4hrs 3hrs 20 80

Practical-VIa 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40 Practical-VIb 4 hrs 4 hrs 10 40

24

B.Sc. II SEMESTER

CHEMISTRY


INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Chemical bonding-II 10 hours Hybridization: Salient features of hybridization, geometry of molecules with respect to sp, sp2, sp3, dsp3, sp3d2 hybridization. VSEPR theory- Postulates, regular and irregular geometry(BF3, CH4, NH3 and H2O). Molecular orbital theory: L C A O c o n c e p t , e lementary account with respect to H2, He2, Li2, B2, N2, O2, O2+, O2- and O2-2 molecules, calculation of bond order, stability, magnetic property etc. Hydrogen bonding: Types, significance of hydrogen bonding, properties explained by hydrogen bonding like a)State of H2O and H2S b) Melting and Boiling point c) Ice has less density than water. Organic reagents in inorganic analysis 02 hours Sensitivity, selectivity and specificity, advantages of organic reagents over inorganic reagents - Dimethyl glyoxime, 8-hydroxyquinoline(oxime).

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Alkenes, Dienes and Alkynes 04 hours Alkenes: Methods of preparation of alkenes by (i) dehydration of alcohols (ii) dehydro halogenation. Saytezaff’s elimination (Formation of highly substituted alkene, 2-butene), Hofmann orientation (Formation of least substituted alkene, 1-pentene). Chemical reactions of alkenes- Peroxide effect and its mechanism, hydroboration, oxidation, oxy-mercuration–reduction and mechanism, ozonolysis with respect to 2-butene and 2-methyl-2-butene, oxidation with KMnO4. Dienes: Classification and Nomenclature Preparation of 1,3 butadiene; 1,2 and 1,4 addition reactions (addition of halogens and halogen acids), Diel’s-Alder reaction, polymerization of 1,3 butadiene. Alkynes: Acidity of Alkynes, reactions of acetylene –metal ammonia reduction, oxidation and polymerization Aromatic Hydrocarbons 04 hours Resonance in benzene, Aromaticity–Huckel’s 4n +2 rule with respect to benzene, furan, pyridine and [10]–annulene.

25

Mechanism of electrophilic aromatic substitution–halogenation, nitration, sulphonation and Friedel-Craft’s reaction (evidences for two step mechanism and evidences for formation of electrophile). Poly nuclear hydrocarbons: Classification, examples, constitution of naphthalene, Haworth synthesis, nitration and sulphonation of naphthalene. Conversions 02 hours a) Alkanes to alkyhalides to alcohols and vice versa b) Alkanes to alkyl cyanides to carboxylic acids c) Benzene to p-nitrobenzoic acid d) Benzene to m-bromoaniline e) Naphthalene to 1,4–naphthaquinone f) Naphthalene to anthranilic acid

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY First law of thermodynamics 05 hours Statement, isothermal and adiabatic process, expression for work done in the reversible expansion of adiabatic expansion of an ideal gas (PVϒ=Constant) Joule-Thomson effect, Joule-Thomson experiment, derivation of Joule Thomson coefficient for an ideal gas and inversion temperature. Thermochemistry - Kirchoff’s equation, bond energies and bond dissociation energies, calculation of bond energy and bond dissociation energies by taking simple molecules. Numerical problems. Liquid State: Physical Properties of Liquids 06 hours Surface Tension: Effect of temperature on surface tension. Determination of surface tension of liquid by drop numbers method, parachor and its application. Viscosity: Effect of temperature on viscosity, determination of relative, absolute and intrinsic viscosity of liquids by ostwald’s viscometer method. Refractive index of liquid: Specific and molar refractions, determination of refractive index of liquid by Abbe’s refractometer. Liquid Crystals 02 hours Types and applications. Colloids 04 hours Emulsions: Types of emulsions, Preparation and emulsifiers. Gels: Classification, preparation and properties, general applications of colloids. Solids 04 hours Space lattice, unit cell, crystal systems, calculation of particles per unit cell, laws of crystallography, x-ray diffraction of crystals, derivation of Brag's equation,

26

Miller indices, determination of structure of NaCl by rotating single crystal method. REFERENCE BOOKS Inorganic Chemistry 01. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Cotton and Wilkinson 02. Concise Inorganic Chemistry J.D. Lee 03. Inorganic Chemistry Huhee and Keiter 04. Inorganic Chemistry Shriver and Atkin 05. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry Puri and shrama 06. Inorganic Chemistry A. G. Sharpe 07. Essential Chemistry R. Chand 08. University Chemistry Mahan and Myers 09. Modern Inorganic Chemistry Madan 10. Modern Inorganic Chemistry Satya prakash 11. Inorganic Chemistry for Under graduates R. Gopalan 12. College Practical Chemistry Ahluwalia, Dhingra and Gulati 13. Instrumental method of chemical analysis Willard, Martin and Dean Organic chemistry 01. Organic Chemistry I.L. Finar Vol I and II 02. Organic Chemistry Morrison and Boyd 03. Organic Chemistry F.A. Carey and R.J. Sundberg 04. Reaction Mechanism in Organic Chemistry Singh and Mukherji 05. Text Book of Organic Chemistry Bahl amd Bahl 06. Text Book of Organic Chemistry C.N. Pillai, Universities Press Physical chemistry 01. Physical Chemistry Puri and Sharma 02. Physical Chemistry P.L. Soni 03. Physical Chemistry Roberty A Alberty 04. Physical Chemistry M. V. Sangaranarayanam a n d V. Mahadevan 05. Physical Chemistry Atkins 06. Physical Chemistry Bahl, Madan and Tuli

27

B.Sc. II SEMESTER CHEMISTRY PRACTICALS

Total number of hours per week: 04 Internal Assessment=10 Marks Total No. of hours per Semester: 52 Practicals: 40 Marks A. Organic Spotting: Identification of following organic compounds and

preparation of of their derivatives and confirmation by melting points :

01. Oxalic Acid 02. Phenol 03. Naphthalene 04. Urea 05. Benzaldehyde 06. 1-Naphthol 07. Phthalic acid 08. 2-Naphthol 09. Aniline 10. Acetanilide 11. Benzamide 12. Benzoic Acid 13. Salicylic Acid 14. Acetone 15. Ethyl benzoate

B. Identification by

01. Element determination 02. Solubility 03. Functional group 04. Physical constant 05. Preparation of derivatives and finding melting points.

28

5. ELECTRONICS (Optional)

B. Sc. SEMESTER –II

2017-18 onwards


ELE-2: CIRCUITS AND DEVICES

UNIT – I: DIODE CIRCUITS

Dynamic characteristic of diode, Rectifiers - Half wave and full wave; derivation of Efficiency and Ripple factor. Define TUF, PIV and Voltage Regulation & Line regulation. Comparison between half wave and full wave rectifiers.

Filters(Qualitative only);Shunt Capacitor input filter, Inductor filter, Choke input LC filter, p -Section filter. Clipping and clamping circuits (Biased and Unbiased positive & negative). 8Hrs.+2Hrs.Problems =10hr

UNIT – II: REGULATED POWER SUPPLY.

Concept of voltage regulation, unregulated & regulated power supply, block diagram of regulated power supply, Zener diode and its characteristics , Design of Zener diode voltage regulator. Transistor series voltage regulator, Concept of IC, Three pin IC regulator block diagram , 78xx series & 79xx series.


UNIT – III : ACTIVE DEVICES

Transistor :Introduction, types of transistors, construction and working, characteristics of three modes ( CB, CE and CC), relation between a, b and g.

FET ;Types JFET ( construction working, characteristics and their determination). Enhancement MOSFET and depletion MOSFET,(construction working and characteristics)

29

Optoelectronic devices: Construction, working & applications of LED, LDR, Photodiode, Photovoltaic cell.


UNIT – IV : TRANSISTOR BIASING

Amplifying action of a transistor, amplification, load line concept( dc and ac), need for biasing ,operating point, stabilization techniques, stability factor and thermal runaway.

Types of biasing circuits; Fixed bias, Collector feedback bias, Emitter feedback bias and Voltage divider bias (Explanation , derivation of stability factor, advantages & disadvantages in each case). Brief account on heat sink.


UNIT – V: AMPLIFIERS

Amplifiers: Analysis of a transistor common emitter amplifier using h parameters, determination of voltage gain, current gain, input impedance, output impedance and power gain.

Designing of single stage RC coupled common emitter amplifier, effects of various components and frequency response, Bandwidth.

FET common source amplifier (construction and working only).

. Power amplifier : Introduction, Classification of power amplifiers, Conversion efficiency of class A amplifier, class B amplifier and class C amplifier. Transformer coupled push pull amplifier.


30

Reference Books:

1. Electronics theory and Applications - S.L Kakani and K.C.Bhandari.

2. Electronics fundamentals and applications -D.Chattopadhyayand

P.C.Rakshit

3. Principles of electronics - B.V.Narayana Rao Vol –II

4. Electronics Devices and circuits - David.A.Bell 4th edition

5. Elements of Electronics - Bagade and Singh

6. Basic Electronics and Linear circuits - Bhargav, Kulshrestra & Gupta

7. Principles of Electronics - V.K.Mehta.

8 Integrated electronics - Millman & Halkias

9. Electronics Principle - Malvino

10. Linear integrated - D. Roy Choudhary, Shaila.B.Jain

11. Semiconductor devices & circuits - R.L.Boylested

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Lab – 2:

Each experiment is of four hours duration. Minimum EIGHT experiments are to be performed in the semester course

1. Zener diode characteristics apply it to study regulation..

2; Diode as Clamper( Biased and Unbiased both Positive and Negative).

3. Diode as Clipper( Biased and Unbiased both Positive and Negative).

4. Full wave bridge rectifier with LC / p - section filter

5. LED characteristics (Minimum Three LEDs)

6. Transistor h-parameters(CE configuration)

7. Biasing circuits . I) Fixed biasing II) Base bias with collector feedback

31

8. Biasing circuits I) Base bias with emitter feedback II) Voltage divider

9. CE amplifier (Designing, Frequency response curve)

10. FET characteristics

11. FET common source amplifier

12. Photoconductive cell characteristics( Inverse square law and intensity versus

photocurrent)

13. Photovoltaic cell characteristics (fill factor estimation)

6. GEOGRAPHY (Optional) B. A. / B. Sc SEMESTER GEOGRAPHY (OPTIONAL)

COURSE STRUCTURE (SCHEME) UNDER CBSE SYSTEM WITH EFFECT FROM 2015-2016 ON WARDS

THEORY & PRACTICAL PAPER- I & II

Semester Title of the Paper

Teaching

Hours

per Week

Marks

Internal

Assessment

Marks (IA)

Total

Marks

Duration

of

Examination

I

Theory Paper - I Part – A: Physical Geography

Practical Paper - I Representation of Relief

05

04

80

40

20

10*

100

50

3 hours

4 hours

II

Theory Paper - II Part – B: Physical Geography

Practical Paper - II Basics of Cartography (Maps & Scales)

05

04

80

40

20

10*

100

50

3 hours

4 hours

*Note: Practical IA includes: 07+03=10 Marks for Assignments/Journal work and Attendance only

32


SEMESTER – II

THEORY PAPER - II

PART – B: PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY

Objectives: The aim of this course is to provide an understanding of weather and climate phenomena, dynamics of global climates, interaction between living organisms with climate and physical environment. Further, this paper is to provide in-depth understanding of different oceans, such as evolution of the oceans, physical and chemical properties of seawater, atmospheric and oceanographic circulation.

Course structure : One Theory and One Practical Teaching Theory : 05 hours per week (assignment / seminar/ discussion) Practical : 04 hours per week Examination : One Theory paper of 80 Marks and 20 Marks for internal assessment (IA)

One Practical of 40 Marks and 10 Marks for internal assessment (IA) (out of 10 IA marks 7 marks for practical record and journal and 3 marks for attendance).

Units Topic Teaching

Hours

I Weather and Climate: Definition and significance of Climatology, Distinction between weather and climate, elements and controlling factors of weather and climate, Composition and structure of atmosphere

08

II Atmospheric Temperature: Insolation and Heat Balance (Budget), Vertical & Horizontal distribution of Temperature & Isothermal Maps. Atmospheric Pressure: measurement of pressure, pressure belts and Isobaric Maps. Winds: Planetary, Seasonal & Local winds, Cyclones and Anti-Cyclones

16

III Atmospheric Moisture: Hydrological Cycle, Humidity, Clouds and its types, condensation and types of Rainfall.

08

IV Oceanography: Meaning & Significance of Oceanography, Distribution of Land and Water bodies, Hypsographic curve, Bottom relief of Oceans; continental self, slope and deep sea plains.

10

V Distribution of Temperature and Salinity of Ocean Water, Water Waves, Tidal theories and types of tides, Ocean Currents: Pacific, Atlantic & Indian ocean, Coral reefs, Oceans as a store house of mineral and food resources, human impact on marine environment.

18

Total 60 hours

33

Reference:

1. Strahler & Strahler: Physical Geography

2. R. N. Tikka: Physical Geography

3. Majid Hussain: Physical Geography

4. Das Gupta & Kapoor: Physical Geography

5. Mallappa P: Physical Geography (Kannada)

6. Ranganath: Physical Geography (Kannada)

7. M.B.Gaudar: Physical Geography (Kannada)

----0000----


SEMESTER – II

PRACTICAL PAPER - II

BASICS OF CARTOGRAPHY (Maps & Scales)


Hours

I Cartography: Definition and importance of Cartography and cartography as a science of human communication

04

II Maps and Scales:

a) Maps: Meaning and Classification of maps, Characteristic features and uses of maps

b) Scale: Definition and types of Scale, Conversion of Scale; V.S. into R.F. (five exercises each) and R.F. into V.S. (five exercises each)

c) Calculation of Distance and Time: Latitudinal and Longitudinal

06

III Construction of Scale: Graphical/Plane, Comparative, Time, Pace and Diagonal scale and their importance (2 exercises each)

22

34

IV Enlargement and Reduction of Maps by Graphical Method

(three exercises each)

08

V Viva

Total 40 hours

Reference:

1. R. L. Singh: Elements of Practical Geography 2. Gopal Singh: Practical Geography 3. Dr. Ranganath: Practical Geography (Kannada) 4. Singh and Kanayia: Practical Geography 5. R. P. Misra and Ramesh: Fundamental of Cartography 6. M. F. Karennavar & S. S. Nanjannavar: Practical Geography (Kannada)

7. Pijushkanti Saha & Partha Basu- Advanced Practical Geography.

----0000----

B. A. / B. Sc. II Semester (CBCS)

PATTERN/MODEL OF PRACTICAL QUESTION PAPER

Practical Paper- II: BASICS OF CARTOGRAPHY

Center No:……….. Max. Marks: 40

Seat No : ………. Date:…………..

Time : 3 Hours

Instructions:


Q. No. 1 1. ……..………

2. ……………..

3. ……………..

(For framing the questions, Examiner should refer unit no 1& 2).

6 marks (3X2)

35

Q. No. 2 a). Convert the following V. S. into R. F. (any two)

i) ……………………………. ii) ……………………………

iii) ………………………..…. iv) ……………………………


4 marks

b). Convert the following R. F. into V. S. (any two)

i) ……………………………. ii) ……………………………

iii) ………………………..…. iv) ……………………………


4 marks

Q. No. 3

a). Draw/Construct the ……………………………..……….scale and write its procedure.


5 marks

b). Draw/Construct the ……………………………..……….scale for the given R. F. and write its procedure.


6 marks

Q. No. 4 a). Enlarge the given map ………………………….…….


5 marks

b). Reduce the given map …………………………..…….


5 marks


Total 40 marks

ooOo

36


B.Sc Biotechnology (Optional Subjects) Semester System Syllabus (w.ef: 2017-18 & onwards)

Semester

Title of the paper

Number of hours/week/paper

Duration of Examination

Internal Assessment Marks- 20/10

Semester end Examination Marks

I Test

II Test

SEM -Assigment

ATTE NDA NCE

I Cell biology and Genetics


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40 Marks II Biochemistry

&Biostatistics 04 Hours 03 Hours 04 10 03 03 80 Marks

LAB 04 Hours 04 Hours 10Marks 40Marks III Microbiology

and Immunology


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40 Marks IV Molecular

Biology & Bioinformatics


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40 Marks V Paper I Plant and

animal Biotechnology


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40 Marks V paper II Genetic

Engineering & NanoTechnology


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10Marks 40 Marks VI Paper I Industrial,&

Environmental Biotechnology


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40 Marks VI Paper II Agricultural &

Medical biotechnology


Lab 04 Hours 04 Hours 10 Marks 40Marks

37

SYLLABUS FOR BIOTECHNOLOGY (OPTIONAL)

B.Sc .II Semester

Paper-2 .1 BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOSTATISTICS

Teaching hours: 50

Unit: 1 Carbohydrates: Structure, Properties, Classification and functions (05 Hours)

Unit: 2 Lipids: Structure, Properties, Classification and Functions (05 Hours)

Unit: 3 Amino acids and Proteins: Structure, Properties, Classification and functions of

amino acids and proteins. Structural organizations of proteins (primary, secondary, tertiary

and quaternary structures) reverse turns and Ramachandran plot (05 Hours)

Unit: 4 Enzymes: Nomenclature, classification, properties, factors influencing enzyme

catalyzed reactions, enzyme inhibition (reversible and irreversible), outline of purification,

industrial application of enzymes. (05 Hours)

Unit: 5 Vitamins& Hormones: Dietary source and functions of Water soluble and Fat-

soluble vitamins. Chemistry and functions of pituitary and gonadal hormones.

(05Hours)

Unit: 6 Bioenergetics: Concept of free energy transformations, Redox potentials,

Regulations of Glycolysis, Krebs’s cycle and Electron Transport System.

(05 Hours)

Unit: 7 Principles and applications of Solutions, pH and buffers: Theory of water

ionization and its purity (kW), pKa & pKb acids and bases, Derivation of Henderson-

Hasselbalch equation and its significance. Buffers: Criteria for selection of buffers, types of

buffers, Buffers in Biological systems and their mechanism of action.

(05 Hours)

38

Unit: 8 Analytical techniques: Principles and applications of Chromatography (Paper, thin-

layer, column and GLC), Centrifugation (RPM and G, Ultracentrifugation), Spectroscopy

(UV-Visible), Isotopes and Radioactivity: Radioactivity, decay laws, Isotopes in Biological

studies.

(05 Hours)

Unit: 9 Biostatistics: Data & its types, Tabulation and classification of data, Frequency

distribution and Graphical representation of data, Measures of central tendencies: Mean,

Median, Mode and their properties, Measures of Dispersion: Mean deviation, Variance,

Standard deviation and coefficient of Variation, Different models of data presentation with

special reference to biological samples, Chi square test, student T test, introduction to SPSS

analysis with examples etc. (10 Hours)

PRACTICALS -2.2 – BIOMOLECULES AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

1. Preparation of percent molarity, molality and normality of solution,

Measurement of pH and buffer.

2. Qualitative analysis of Carbohydrates, Amino acids, Proteins and Lipids.

3. Paper Chromatography of amino acids and sugars.

4. Qualitative analysis of body fluids such as blood and urine.

5. Assay of amylase activity.

6. Colorimetric estimation of protein by Biuret method.

7. Colorimetric estimation of blood sugar.

8. Estimation of amino acids.

9. Estimation of creatinine in urine sample.

10. Testing of acid phosphates (Potato) and alkaline phosphates (milk) activity.

11. Demonstration of catalase activity.

39

1. References:

2. Biomolecules and analytical techniquesBoyer Rodney, 1999 “Concepts of

biochemistry”, Pacific Grove, Brooks/cole publishing company.

3. Deb, A.C. “Fundamental of Biochemistry”,New Central Book Agency, Calcutta.

4. Jain, J.L. “Fundamentals of Biochemistry”.S. Chand and Company.Keshav Trehan;

“Biochemistry”,wiley Eastern publication.

5. Lehninger, et.al., 1997: Principal of Biochemistry CBS publishers.Mathews and Van

Horde:

6. Moron, L.A.sceimgeour, K.G. Hostan,H.R. Ochs, R.S. and Rawn,

J.D.2000:Biochemistry, 3rd edition

7. Biomolecule:Mohan P.AroraBiophysics : Mohan P. Arora

8. Biochemistry:A.C. Deb

9. Biophysics : Pattabh & Gautham

10. Text book of Biochemistry (1997), Devlin,Thomas, M.

11. Biochemistry (1993) Zubay,G.

12. Biochemistry Fundamentals, Voet et al.

13. Biochemistry, Friedfider,D.

14. Practical Biochemistry, Plummer.

15. Physical Biochemistry: Application to Biochemistry and MolecularBiology –

Freilder.

16. Principle of Instrumental Analysis – Skoog & West

17. Bliss ,C.J.K.(1967) Statistics in Biology Vol 1.I Mc Graw hill.New York

18. Campbell R.C.(1974) Statistics for Biologists,Cambridge Univ,Press ,Cambridge

19. Daniel (1999) Biostatistics (3rd Edition) Panima Publishing,Comotation

20. Sward law ,A.C.(1985) Practical statistics for Exponents Biologists ,Jhon Wiley and

Sons,In

21. Khan(1999) Fundamentals of Biostatistics ,Publishing Corporation

40

B.Sc II Sem Biotechnology Practical Examination

(BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOSTATISTICS)

Time: 04 Hours Max.Marks:40

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Q.No.I. Estimate the amount of …………………in the given sample (10 marks)

Protein/Amino acid/ Reducing sugar/creatinine

Q.No.II Analyse qualitatively the given sample …………

Carbohydrate/Amino acid/Protein/lipid

(10marks)

Q.No.III .Write the principle /Application of………………

Paper chromatography/Colorimeter/Electrophoresis//Centrifugation

(05Marks)

Q.No.IV Problems related to graphical distribution of data (05 Marks)

Q.NO.V.Journal (05 Marks)

Q.No.VI. Viva-voce (05 Marks)


Biotechnology

B.Sc. Biotechnology Theory Question Paper Pattern Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 80 Q.No.I. Answer any TEN of the following 2X10= 20 1) 2) 3)

41

4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) Q.NO.II Answer any FOUR of the following 4X5= 20 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) Q.No.III. Answer any FOUR of the following 4X10= 40 19) 20) 21) 22) 23)

MATHEMATICS SYLLABUS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2014-2015 ONWARDS

B.SC II SEMESTER

PAPERI: DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS

TOTAL TEACHING HOURS: 50 TEACHING HOURS PER WEEK: 05 HOURS.

UNIT-I

Polar coordinates of a point and polar curve. Angle between the radius vector and the tangent at a point

on the curve. Angle of the intersection of two curves. Polar and pedal equation of the curves. Polar sub-

tangent and polar sub - normal. 10 hours

UNIT-II

Dreivative of arc length, Curvature, Radius of curvature in Cartesian. Parametric, polar and pedal forms. Centre of curvature, Evolutes and Involutes. 10 hours

UNIT III

Limits, continuity of functions of two variables. Partial derivatives, higher order partial derivatives, total

derivatives and total differentials, Homogeneous functions, Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions.

10 hours

UNIT - IV

Concavity and Convexity of curves, Points of inflexion of curves, Envelops, and asymptotes.

10 hours

UNIT - V

Reduction formulae for integration of sinnx, Cosnx, tannx, cotnx, secnx, cosecnx, sinmxcosnx,

xneax,xm(logx)n. 10 hours

Books of reference:

1. Differential Calculus : Santinarayan and Dr. P.K. Mittal

2. Integral Calculus : Santinarayan and Dr. P.K. Mittal

3. Differential Calculus and integral Calculus : N.P. Bali

4. Text Book of B.Sc Mathematics: G. K. Ranganath

5. Differential Calculus and integral Calculus :P. N. Chatterji.


B.SC II SEMESTER

PAPERII :ALGEBRA AND GEOMETRY

TOTAL TEACHING HOURS: 50 TEACHING HOURS PER WEEK:05 HOURS.

UNIT-I

Boolean algebra: Lattices and algebraic structures. Principle of duality.Distributive and complemented

lattices. Boolean lattices and Boolean algebra.Boolean functions and expressions. 10 hours

UNIT-II

Number theory: Recapof division algorithm, properties of prime and composite

numbers.Congruencesand its properties, Fundamental theorem of arithmetic, Bracket function, Euler’s

function, Fermat, Euler and Wilson’s theorems. 10 hours

UNIT-III

Sphere: Equation of a sphere, section of a sphere by a plane, Equation of a sphere through a circle, Equation of

a sphere through two given points as ends of a diameter. , Equation to a tangent plane of a sphere. Condition

for tangency. Radical planes. Orthogonality of two spheres. 10 hours

UNIT-IV

Cones: Equation of a cone, enveloping cone of a sphere,Right circular cone. 10 hours

UNIT-V

Cylinder: Equation of a cylinder, enveloping cylinder of a sphere, Right circular cylinder. 10 hours

Books of reference:

1. Discrete Mathematical structure for Computer Science :KOlman. B .Busy R C (Phi)

2. Discrete Mathematics: C. L. Liu

3. Theory of Numbers Prakash Om (Golden series)

4. Analytical Solid geometry: Santinarayan and Dr. P.K. Mittal

5. Solid Geometry: N.P. Bali

Question paper pattern

Question paper has to be set for total of 80 marks.

Section A:Ten questions to be answered out of twelve, each carry two marks. 2X10 =20.

Note: two questions to be set from each unit, and last two questions from any unit.

Section B: Five questions to be answered out of six, each carry five marks. 4 x 5 =20

Section C: Four questions to be answered out of Six, each carry ten marks. 10 X 4 = 40

Total marks: 80

45

9. BOTANY (Optional) B.Sc. SEMESTER-II

BOTANY (optional)

Paper-I PLANT PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY Teaching

hours: 50 UNIT-I 10 Hours Water Relations: solutions, suspensions & colloids, true solutions, percentage, molarity, molar, buffer, molal solutions, pH, colloids, emulsion, and gels. Permeability, diffusion, imbibition, osmosis: membranes, endosmosis, exosmosis, osmoticpressure, turgor pressure (TP), wall pressure (WP), relation between OP,DPD & TP, conceptof water potential,plasmolysis,deplasmolysis,significance of osmosis & imbibition. Importance and sources of water, Active and Passive water absorption. Mechanism of ascent of sap: root pressure theory and cohesion tension (Dixon & Jolly)theory. Transpiration: types, mechanism, theories of opening & closing of stomata, factors affecting rate of transpirations, antitranspirants and guttation. Mineral nutrition: macro and micronutrients and their role & deficiency symptoms. UNIT-II 10 Hours Photosynthesis: Photosynthetic pigments, action spectrum, concept of two photosystems: Red drop & Emerson enhancement effect, photo phosphorylation, Calvin cycle, C4 & CAM path way, photorespiration and factors affecting photosynthesis. Respiration: aerobic, anaerobic & fermentation, glycolysis, Kreb’s cycle, electron transport system, redox potential, oxidative phosphorylation, pentose phosphate pathway. Respiratory quotient (RQ) and factor affecting respiration. UNIT-III 10 Hours Nitrogen fixation, importance of nitrate reductase, its regulation and ammonium assimilation. Growth: Photomorphogenesis: photoperiodism ,phytochrome, vernalization& concept of biological clock, seed dormancy:- causes and methods of breaking dormancy. Stress physiology:- concept and plant responses to water, salt and temperature stresses. Growth regulators: physiological roles of Auxins, Gibberellins, Cytokinins, ABA, Ethylene & growth inhibitors. UNIT-IV 10 Hours Thermodynamics: Principles, free energy, energy rich bonds phosporyl group transfer and ATP. Enzymes: Classification, nomenclature (IUBMB) and properties; co-factors and coenzymes, isozymes, mechanism of enzyme action, enzyme inhibition, enzyme kinetics (MichaelisMenten equation). Proteins: structure and classification of amino-acids, primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure of proteins. Carbohydrates: structure of mono, di and polysaccharides, stereoisomers, enantiomers and epimers. Lipids: structure of lipid (simple and compound) phospho and glycolipids, fatty acid, saturated and non-saturated. UNIT-V 10 Hours General account: Pharmacognosy& its importance in modern medicine, Crude drugs, Classification of drugs- Chemical & Pharmacological. Drug evaluation –Organoleptic, Microscopic, Chemical, Physical & Biological Secondary metabolites: Definition of secondary metabolites & difference with primary

46

metabolites. Interrelationship of basic metabolic pathway with secondary metabolite Biosynthesis (outline only), major types – terpenoids alkaloids & their protective action against pathogenic microbes & herbivores. Pharmacologically active constituents: Source plants (one example) parts used & uses of 1.Steroids (diosgenin, digitoxin) 2.Tannins (catechin). resins (gingerol, curcminoides) 3.Alkaloids(quinine, strychnine,reserepine,vinblastin).

B.Sc. II – SEMESTER Practicals

Total number of hours per week: 04, Internal Assessment=10 Marks, Max Marks: 40 Marks 1. Study of permeability of membrane using different concentration of Organic solvents. 2. Detection of proteins in pulses and cereals by biochemical tests. 3. Separation of chloroplast pigments by solvent method. 4. Determination of osmotic potential of cell sap by plasmolytic /Gravimetric method. 5. Determination of rate of transpiration by using Ganong’s/ Farmer’s potometer. 6. Determination of rate of photosynthesis at different wavelengths and concentration of CO2. 7. Determination of RQ of carbohydrates, fats and proteins. 8. Study of hydrotropism, geotropism, phototropism and nastic movements. 9. Study of plant drugs- plant parts used as drugs, powder drugs and steps for examination. 10. Microscopic features of some common powder drugs.

a. Adathoda b. Ginger c.Alstonia bark 11. Detection of carbohydrates, fats, oils, alkaloids, enzyme activity in plant tissue. 12. Test for detection of inorganic elements in plant ash. Suggested Reading. 1. Plant Physiology – S.K. Verma - S.Chand Publication 2. Plant Physiology – S. M. Mukherjei& A.K. Ghosh - New Central Book Agency, Calcutta. 3. College Botany Vol.I- Gangulee Das &Datta 4. College Botany Vol. II- S. Sunder Rajan – Himalaya Publication, Hyderabad. 5. Biochemistry – V. Satyanarayan& V. Chakrapani – Books & Article (P) Ltd., Kolkatta. 6. Biochemistry – Amit Krishna DE – S. Chand & Comp, Delhi. 7. Elementary Biochemistry – J. L. Jain, Sanjay Jain- S. Chand & Com. Ltd. Delhi. 8. Biochemistry - LubertStryer – CBS Publishers and Distributors, Bholanath Nagar, Shahdhara, Delhi. 9. Cell physiology and Biochemistry – William D. Mcelroy - Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi. 10. Book of Pharmocognosy- K.R. Argumugum& N. Murugesh – Sathya Publishers (1993). 11. Text Book of Pharmocognosy- T.E. Wallis Vth Edition – CBS Publishers & Distributors, Delhi.

47

B.Sc. II Semester Practical Examination Subject: Botany

Time: 4 Hours Max Marks: 40

Q1. Set up an experiment as per Slip A. Write the requirements, principle, procedure and conclusion (show the set up to the examiner). 8 Marks

Q2. Perform and write the biochemical test of the given sample B for protein/ Carbohydrates/ fats and oils. (Show it to the examiner.) 5 Marks.

Q3. Detect the inorganic elements in the given sample C. (Show it to the examiner.) 5 Marks.

Q4. Detect the alkaloid/Enzyme activity in the given sample D. (Show it to the examiner.) 5 Marks.

Q5. Identify and Give the microscopic features of drugs E & F. 6 Marks. Q.6. Identify and comment on Physiological phenomena involved in the

experimentG & H. 6 Marks. Q.7. Journal 5 Marks. Instructions to Examiners. Q.1. One experiment as per slip A (experiment 3 to 7). 8 marks.

(Requirements -1 mark, Setting- 3 marks, Principle- 1 mark, Procedure and Conclusion -3 marks)

Q.2. Performing the biochemical test for proteins or carbohydrates or fats and oils in 5marks.

given sample B. (Performing the biochemical test -3 marks, writing the test- 2 marks).

Q.3. Detecting the inorganic element in the given sample C. 5 marks. (Detection -3 marks, writing the test- 2 marks).

Q.4. Detecting the alkaloid/enzymatic activity in the given sample D. 5 marks. (Detection -3 marks, writing the test- 2 marks).

Q.5. Identification and giving the microscopic features of drugs E and F. 6 marks. (Identification -1mark, microscopic features -2 marks).

Q.6. Physiological experiments G and H (experiment 1and 8). 6 marks. (Identification of experiment-1mark, explanation of physiological Phenomenon-2marks).

Q.7. Journal 5 marks.

48

B.Sc II Semester Theory Examination Subject: Botany Pattern of Question Paper

Time: 3 Hours Max Marks: 80 All Questions are compulsory

Q.I - Answer any ten out of twelve (1 to 12 sub- questions) 10x2=20

From Unit I, IIand III : 07 sub- questions. From Unit IV –03, From Unit-V 02 sub- questions.

Q.II -Answer any six out of Eight (13 to 20 sub- questions) 6x5=30

From Unit I, II, III 5 sub- questions. From Unit IV- 02 sub-questions: From Unit V- 1 sub -question.

Q.III- Descriptive Answers. 21. a) From Unit I. OR b) From Unit II 1x10=10 22. a) From Unit III OR b) From Unit IV 1x10=10 23. a) From Unit IV OR b) From Unit V 1x10=10 Note: - Minor changes in the Question PaperPattern is permitted, with respect to the teaching hours allotted for each topic.

* * * * * * * *

49

10. COMPUTER SCIENCE (Optional)

17BScCSCT21: Data Structures Using C Teaching Hours: 4 Hrs/week Marks: Main Exam: 80 IA: 20 Objective: To understand the concepts of Data Structures and its significance in solving problems using programming concepts. Provide holistic approach to design, use and implement abstract data types. Understand the commonly used data structures and various forms of its implementation for different applications using C Expected Learning Outcomes:

· Design and implement commonly used Data structures · Design Abstract Data types and its implementation · Ability to program various applications using appropriate data structures in C

UNIT I 10Hrs Advanced C: Dynamic memory allocation and pointers in C- Declaring and initializing pointers, Pointer & Functions, Pointer & Arrays, Pointer & Strings, Pointer& Structure, Pointer to Pointer. Static and dynamic memory allocation. Memory allocation functions :malloc, calloc, free and realloc. File Management in C: Defining and Opening & Closing File, Input & Output Operations on Files, Random Access to Files, UNIT II 10Hrs Introduction to Data structures: Definition, Classification of data structures: primitive and non-primitive. Operations on data structures Search: Basic Search Techniques- sequential search, Binary search- Iterative and Recursive methods. Sort- General Background: Definition, different types: Bubble sort, Selection sort, Merge sort, Insertion sort, Quick sort UNIT III 10Hrs Recursion: Definition, Recursion in C, Writing Recursive programs – Binomial coefficient, Fibonacci, GCD, towers of Hanoi. Stack – Definition, Array representation of stack, Operations on stack-push and pop, Infix, prefix and postfix notations, Conversion of an arithmetic expression from Infix to postfix, applications of stacks. UNIT IV 10Hrs Queue - Definition, Array representation of queue, Types of queue: Simple queue, circular queue, double ended queue (deque) priority queue, operations on all types of Queues. UNIT V 10Hrs Linked list – Definition, components of linked list, representation of linked list, advantages and disadvantages of linked list, Arrays versus linked list, Types of linked list: Singly linked list, doubly linked list, Circular linked list and circular doubly linked list. Operations on singly linked list: creation, insertion, deletion, search and display. Implementation of stack and queues using linked list.

50

References:

1. A. K. Sharma, Data Structures Using C, 2nd edition, Pearson Education. 2. Achuthsankar S. Nair, T. Makhalekshmi, Data Structures in C, PHI. 3. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, Pearson Education. 4. Samanta. D., Classic Data Structures, Prentice Hall

Additional Reading

5. Richard F. Gilberg, Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data structures-A Pseudocode Approach with C, Thomson Learning.

6. A. M. Tenenbaum, Y, Langsam, M. J. Augustein, R. L. Kruse, B. P. Leung and C. L. Tondo, Data Structures using C, PHI.

7. Trembley, An introduction to Data Structures with applications, Tata McGraw Hill. 8. C. Loudon, Mastering Algorithms, SPD/O’REILLY

17BScCSCT22: Programming Lab- Data Structures using C Practical Hours: 4 Hrs/week Marks: Main exam: 40 IA: 10

1. Write a C program to demonstrate the Dynamic Memory Allocation for Structure by reading

and printing n student details. 2. Write a C program to read a one dimensional array, print sum of all elements along with

inputted array elements using Dynamic Memory Allocation. 3. Write a C program to add two matrices using pointer to an array concept. 4. Write a program to sort array of integers using array of pointers concept. 5. Write a program that takes a file as an argument and counts the total number of lines. Lines

are defined as ending with a newline character. Program usage should be count filename.txt and the output should be the line count.

6. Write a C program to read a text file and convert the file contents in capital (upper-case) and write the contents in an output file.

7. Write a C program to find n Fibonacci numbers using recursion. 8. Write a C program to find factorial of any number using recursion. 9. Write a C program to search for an element in an array using Sequential search 10. Write a C program to search for an element in an array using Binary search 11. Write a C program to sort a list of N elements using Bubble sort Technique 12. Write a C program to sort a list of N elements using Merge sort Technique 13. Write a C program to sort a list of N elements using Quick sort Technique 14. Write a C program to sort a list of N elements using Insertion sort Technique 15. Write a C program to demonstrate the working of stack of size N using an array. The elements

of the stack may assume to be of type integer or real, the operations to be supported are 1. PUSH 2. POP 3. DISPLAY. The program should print appropriate messages for STACK overflow, Under flow and empty, use separate functions to detect these cases

16. Write a C program to simulate the working of an ordinary Queue using an array. Provide the operations QINSERT, QDELETE and QDISPLAY. Check the Queue status for empty and full.

51

17. Using dynamic variables and pointers Write a C program to construct a singly linked list consisting of the following information in each node; Roll – No (Integer), Name (Character string). The operations to be supported are :

1. LINSERT Inserting a node in the front of the list 2. LDELETE Deleting the node based on Roll – No 3. LSEARCH Searching a node based on Roll-No 4. LDISPLAY displaying all the nodes in the list

18. Write a C program to implement stack operations using linked list. 19. Write a C program to evaluate postfix expression using stack. 20. Write a C program to convert infix expression to postfix expression using stack

Theory Paper Evaluation Scheme

(i) Internal Test– 20 Marks:

Test: 14 marks Attendance: 03 marks Seminar/assignment: 03 marks

Two tests shall be conducted, one during the mid of the semester and another at the end of the semester for 1hour 15 mnts duration each. First IA Marks: 20 weightage: 06 Second IA Marks: 20 weightage: 08

Teachers are encouraged to conduct the test either using any open source learning management system such as Moodle (Modular object-oriented dynamic learning environment) Or a test based on an equivalent online course on the contents of the concerned course(subject)offered by or build using MOOC (Massive Open Online Course)platform.

Note: Guidelines given by the University from time-to-time shall be followed for IA. (ii) Examination-

Max Marks: 80 Duration - 3 Hours.

Theory question paper pattern:- Remarks Questions Marks

SECTION A Q1. Answer all the questions 10 sub questions (a-j)

2 x 10 =20 ability to write short answers upto 150 words

SECTION B Q2. through Q6: Answer any four questions

4 x 5=20 ability to write answers upto 500 word

SECTION C Q7. through Q11: Answer any four questions

4 x 10=40 ability to write descriptive answers

52

Note: For Section-B, one question from each unit shall be considered. For Section-C, one question from each unit shall be considered.

Programming Lab. i.e. Practical Evaluation Scheme (i) Internal Test– 10 Marks: Test: 05 marks Attendance: 03 marks Seminar/assignment: 02 marks

Two tests shall be conducted, each of 05 marks, and average of the two shall be considered as final. Duration of IA test: 45 mins. Students shall design and implement the programs/assignments given from the set of assignments provided at the beginning of the course commencement. Course teacher are encouraged to test the students by giving the students problems from the course topic other than the set of assignments given to strengthen student’s ability in problem solving

Note: Guidelines given by the University from time-to-time shall be followed for IA. ii) Practical Examination- 40 Marks Duration - 3 Hours.

Certified Journal is compulsory for appearing Practical Examination Students shall be given two programming assignments taking into consideration of duration of the time allotted to students for writing, typing and executing the programs.

Algorithm/program design : 15 Execution : 15 (includes program code correctness and correct execution results) Journal : 05 Viva-Voce : 05

53

12. STATISTICS (Optional)

B.A/ B.Sc. COURSE IN STATISTICS (OPTIONAL) SECOND SEMESTER: THEORY PAPER

Total:50 Hours.

STTH-2: BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS AND PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS. Unit 1: Bivariate distributions: Bivariate distribution function: Joint, Marginal, Conditional distributions for discrete and

continuous variates, Addition and Multiplication law of Expectation. (with proof) Conditional

expectation, Covariance, Transformation of two random variables.

06 Hours.

Unit 2: Simple Correlation and Regression:

Definition, Types of Correlation, Scatter diagram Karl Pearson’s Correlation Coefficient and

its Properties (with proof), Coefficient of determination. Definition and derivation of Rank

correlation coefficient. Definition of Regression and derivation of Regression lines,

Regression coefficients and their properties (with proof).

10 Hours.

Unit 3: Standard Discrete distributions:

Uniform, Bernoulli, Binomial, Poisson, Negative binomial, geometric distributions,

definition, mean, variance and m.g.f., and moments up to fourth order only. Hyper geometric

distribution: definition, mean and variance. Recurrence relation for probabilities and

moments of Binomial and Poisson distributions.

14 Hours.

Unit: 4. Standard Continuous distribution:

Uniform, Gamma, Cauchy, Exponential, Beta distribution of I and II Kind: Definition, mean,

variance, MGF. Normal distribution: Definition and properties: mean, median, mode and

variance, odd ordered and even ordered moments. Transformation of Bivariate variables.

14 Hours.

Unit: 5. Index number:

Meaning and applications, Price and Quantity relatives, Construction of Index numbers and

their computation, interpretations, Simple aggregate and Weighted average methods.

Laspeyre’s, Paasche’s, Marshall-Edgeworth’s, Drobisch-Bowley’s and Fisher’s index

number. Time reversal and Factor reversal Tests. Consumer’s price index number and its

construction. 08 Hours.

54

SECOND SEMESTER:

STPR-2: PRACTICAL PAPER.

1. Bi-variate distributions-Computation of marginal and conditional distributions. 2. Correlation: Computation of Karl Pearson’s correlation coefficient, Rank correlation

coefficient and interpretations. 3. Regression: Regression equations. 4. Fitting of Binomial distribution. 5. Fitting of Poisson distribution. 6. Fitting of Normal distribution. 7. Index numbers: Construction of Laspeyre’s ,Paasche’s, Marshall-Edgeworth’s

’Drobisch-Bowley’s and Fisher’s index numbers. 8. Tests of consistency: Time-reversal and Factor-reversal tests. 9. Construction of Cost of living index numbers: Aggregate Expenditure and Family

Budget methods.

Books for study: 1. Gupta S.C and Kapoor V.K.: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics- Sultan Chand

& Sons publications. 2. Hogg .R.V.and Craig.A.T(1978):Introduction to Mathematical Statistics.-4/e

Macmillan 3. Mukyopadhyay.P.(1996) .Mathematical Statistics.-Kolkotta Publishing House. 4. Mood.A.M.,Graybill.F A. and Boes D.C.(1974): Introduction to the Theory of

Statistics.

McGrawHill. 5. Goon AM, Gupta M.K., Das Gupta.B.(1991): Fundamentals of Statistics vol-I World Press Kolkatta. 6. Gupta S.C and Kapoor V.K.: Fundamentals of Applied Statistics- Sultan Chand &

Sons publications.


1. Rohatgi.V.K.(1984):An introduction to probability theory and Mathematical statistics. 2. Murry R.Speigel (1982): Theory & Problems of Statistics,Schaum’s Publishing Series. 3. P.G.Hoel (1971): Introduction to Mathematical statistics,asia publishing house. 4. Cooke, Cramer and Clake: Basic Statistical Computing, Chapman and Hall. 5. Walpole R.E and Myers S.L.(1988):Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, 6th Edition, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

55


BSc II Semester Scheme (CBSC - Pattern) Zoology (Optional) Syllabus(Revised)

2017 -18 Onwards

Semesters Syllabus Total Hours Theory & Practical/

Week II

BIOLOGY OF CHORDATES 50hrs. 4 hrs.

PRACTICAL 12 4 hrs.

NOTE: THEORY MARKS PRACTICAL MARKS



20 80 100 marks

10 40 50 marks


Que.No. Marks Solve Total Marks I 02 10 20 II 04 05 20 III 10 04 40

TOTAL --- 80 MARKS PRACTICAL pattern for examination

Que.No. Solve Total Marks I Dissection (Explain any one system 08 II Mounting 04 III Comparative Anatomy 06 IV Identification / Spotting ( Six) 12 V Project Report 05 VI Journal 05

TOTAL --- 40 MARKS

56

B.Sc II Semester Syllabus

ZOOLOGY (Optional) 2017-18 Onwards


Biology of Chordates

UNIT-I Chordates: General characters and classification. 8 hrs

1. Sub-phylum:Hemichordata-External Characters & Digestive system of Balanoglossus.

2. Sub-phylum:Urochordata- External Characters & Retrogressive metamorphosis in Herdmania.

3. Subphylum:Cephalochordata-ExternalCharacters & feeding mechanism in Branchiostoma.

4. Cyclostomata: External Characters &general organisation of Petromyzon & Myxine(Hagfish/Slime).

UNIT-II Pisces: General characters & Classification of Pisces up to orders 5hrs with examples. General characters of Chondrichthyes and Osteichthyes.Type study Scoliodon-Externals Characters, Digestive system, Reproductive system and Fish migration. Amphibia: General characters & classification up to orders with 5hrs Examples. Type study Frog- Externals characters, Digestive system, Circulatory & Reproductive system. Axolotl larva & its significance.

UNIT-III Reptilia: General characters & classification up to orders with 5hrs Examples. Type study Calotes-Externals characters, Digestive system, Circulatory & Reproductive system. Indian poisonous & non-poisonous snakes. Aves - General characters & Classification up to orders with. 10hrs Examples Type study Pigeon-Externals characters, Digestive System, Respiratory & Reproductive system. Bird migration, Flight adaptations, Flightless birds, Beak & Feet modification.

57

UNIT-IV Mammalia: General characters & classification up to orders with 5hrs Examples Type study Rat-Externals characters, Digestive System. Circulatory, Nervous, Excretory& Reproductive Systems. Comparative Anatomy: Origin, development & structure of Heart, Brain 12 hrs and integument in Fishes, Amphibians, Reptiles,Aves and Mammals. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PRACTICALS Total Practicals -12

1. Classification of Urochordata,Cephalochordata,Cyclostomes 01 Examples: Balanoglossus, Herdmania, Branchiostoma. Peteromyzon. 2. Classification of Fishes - 01 Examples: Scoliodon, Pristis, Sphyrna, Catla catla, Labeo rohita, Hippocampus, Eel, Exocoetus & Synaptura. 3. Classification of Amphibia - 01 Examples: Frog, Toad, Ichthyophis, Ambystoma, Axolotl Larva & Rhacophorous. 4. Classification of Reptilia- 01 Examples: Calotes, Hemidactylus, Chaemaleon, Mabuya Draco, Naja naja, Python, Viper, Turtle and Crocodile. 5. Classification of Aves - 01 Examples: Psittacula, Owl, Woodpecker, Pigeon and Passer domesticus. 6. Classification of Mammalia - 01 Examples: Sorex, Bat, Loris, Pangolin, Hystrix, Herpetes & Funambulus. 7. Study of Comparative Anatomy: Heart and Brain in Fishes, Amphibians, Reptiles, 02 Aves and Mammals 8. Explanation & Demonstration in Bony fish/Shark. 04 a). External characters b). Digestive system c). Reproductive system d). Mounting of Brain

58

NOTE: 1. With the help of Charts/Models/Diagrams/Printouts & Xerox Sheets are used in practical’s demonstration. 2. As per UGC guidelines Only one species to be demonstrated by Faculty & students should not do any dissection. 3. Students are supposed to draw neat labelled diagrams & write The explanation in their journal. 4. In practical examination question no I & II are put Charts/ Models/ Diagrams/ Printouts & Xerox Sheets of the system- Students has to identify& write the explanation in their Examination paper. 5. Compulsory Study Tour/ Field visit to study Animal diversity. (Submission of project report carries- 5 marks).

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Modern Text Book of Zoology Vertebrate-R.L.Kotpal.

2. Chordata – Dhami & Dhami.

3. Vertebrate- Majapuria.

4. Functional Organization of Vertebrate-- H Nigam & R.Sobti-

Shoban Lal Nagin Chand & Co.

5. A manual of Zoology Vertebrates- M.Ekambarnath Ayyar &

Swaminathan Ayyar S. Vishwanath Publisher.

6. The Vertebrates Pisces to Mammalia, Hyman L.H. McGraw Hill Co

7. The Vertebrates – Hyman et al.

8. Text Book of Zoology – Parker T.J. & Haswell W.A. Macmillan

Co. London.

9. Biology of Chordates by Dr Harish .C. Nigam.Vishal Publication

Lucknow.

GROUP - III

DRAFTED SYLLABUS FOR All UG Courses

II SEMESTER

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES AND HUMAN RIGHTS

(Compulsory Paper)

Teaching hours: 4 hours per week

Section A: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

UNIT-1: NATURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Definition, Scope, Importance and Awareness

Basics of our solar system

Earth is called blue planet

Public awareness using an environmental calendar of activities

UNIT-2: NATURAL RESOURCES

Meaning

Types of natural resources

Protection

Conservation methods

UNIT-3: ECOSYSTEM

Introduction

Types and components of ecosystem

Structure and function of following ecosystem

a.Forest ecosystem

b. Grassland ecosystem

c. Desert ecosystem

d. Aquatic ecosystem

UNIT-4: BIODIVERSITY AND ITS CONSERVATION

Definition

Levels of biodiversity

Biodiversity at global and national level

Western Ghat as biodiversity, hotspot of biodiversity

Threats of biodiversity

Red data book.

UNIT-5: ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES Air

pollution and its control Water

pollution and its control Noise

pollution and its control Thermal

pollution and its control

Green house effect and global warming

Ozone depletion in the stratosphere

Acid rain, Nuclear winter.

Rules to regulate environmental pollution.

UNIT-6 : ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT

Power of central government to take measure to protect and improve

environment- 1986 act

Wildlife protection act – 1972

Forest conservation act- 1980

Authorities who sanction grants for conservation of environment

UNIT-7: HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT

Population explosion, family welfare programme

Environment and human health.

Value education- HIV/AIDS

Women and child welfare

FIELD WORK

Visit to nearby industrial area to check the impact on environment.

Section B: Human Rights

(Compulsory Paper) for BA II sem and B.Sc II sem. Courses (Total Marks= 40)

Chapter -I Concept and Development of Human Rights 07 Hours a) Meaning Scope and Development of Human Rights b) United Nations and Human Rights – OHCHR ( Office of the United Nations

High Commissioner for Human Rights)

c) Universal Declaration of Human Rights. UDHR 1948, International Covenant on Civil and Political rights. ICCPR 1996 and International Covenant on Economic

social and Cultural Rights. (ICESCR) 1966

Chapter -II Human Rights in India 07 Hours

a) Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993

b) Third Generation Human Rights (Group Rights) and Fourth Generation Human Rights. (Right to Development and Environmental Rights.)

c) Judicial Activism and Human Rights. d) Convention on the Elimination of All forms of Discrimination against Women.

e) Convention on the Rights of the Child

Chapter -III Enforcement of Human Rights 06 Hours

a) National Human Rights Commission, State Human Rights Commission powers and

functions. b) Media and NGO’s c) Human Rights Education, Terrorism and Violation of Human Rights. d) States Role in Preservation and Protection of Human Rights.

REFERENCES:

1. K.P. Saksena “Human Rights” 1996 New Delhi. 2. Dr. S. Mangalmurthy a ”Human Rights “ Chetan Book House Mysore2004.

3. Krishnamurthy S. “Human Rights and Police Administration” B. R. Publishing Corporation, Bangalore.

4. B.P. Singh “Human Rights in India” Deep & Deep Publication New Delhi. 5. D.D. Basu, “Human Rights in Constitutional Law” prentice hall.

6. S.O. Agarwal, “Human Rights” Central law Agency, Allahabad.

7. V.A. Anand “Human Rights” Allahabad Law Agency, Faridabad. 8. Dr. M. Jayakar Bhandari, Vasantkumar, Raghava Naik “Environmental Studies and Human Rights”

9. Gokulesh Sharma, Human Rights.

10. Arjun Dev, “Human Rights” Publication 1996

11. Human Rights- A Source Book

Note: The Final Examination is on Multiple Choice Base

1

RANI CHANNAMMA UNIVERSITY,

BELAGAVI

CURRICULUM STRUCTURE

(I and II Semesters)

*****

Programme: Sugar Science &

Technology

2

THE COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS OF

UNDER GRADUATE

I - SEMESTER

Academic Year 2018-19

3

Semester – I

Sl.

No

Course code Course No of

Teaching

hours per

week

Total of

Internal

Assessme

nt marks

Final

Examin

ation

Marks

Total

marks

Departme

nt

Exam

hours

1 18SS101T Basic English 05 20 80 100 English 3 Hours

2 18SS102TA/

18SS102TB/

18SS102TC

Additional

English

05 20 80 100 English 3 Hours

Basic Kannada 05 20 80 100 Kannada 3 Hours

Hindi Basic 05 20 80 100 Hindi 3 Hours

3 18SS103T Chemistry – I 05 20 80 100 Chemistry

4 18SS104P Chemistry

Practicals - I

04 10 40 50 4 Hours

5 18SS105T Sugar Science

& Technology

– I, ( Juice

extraction and

clarification )

05 20 80 100 Sugar

Technology

3 Hours

6 18SS106P Sugar Science

& Technology

– I,

Practicals - I

04 10 40 50 4 Hours


& Technology

- II, (Sugarcane

Production

Technology)

05 20 80 100 Agriculture

(Agronomy)

3 Hours


& Technology

– II,

Practicals - II

04 10 40 50 4 Hours

9 18SS109T Indian

constitution

05 20 80 100 Political

Science

3 Hours

Total teaching hours per week:52

Total marks per semester: 950

4

Group – I Languages

Semester I

Course code: 18SS101T

Course: Basic English Teaching Hours: 50 Hours Max. Marks: 80

Teaching Hours per week – 05 Hours Internal Assessment:20

I. Text: Prose

1) Science and Religion – S. Radhakrishnan

2) Time to lgnite the Minds of the People – APJ Abdul Kalam

3) The Portrait of Lady – Khushwant Singh

4) The coffee House of Surat – Leo Tolstoy

5) Good Manners – J. C. Mill

Poetry

1) Delhi – R. Parthasarathy

2) The Purdah Nashin – Sarojini Naidu

3) Mirror – Sylvia Plath

4) No second Troy – W. B. Yeats

5) To Blossoms – Robert Herric

II. Grammer and Communication Skills

A) Use of Articles

B) Use of Prepositions

C) Transformation of Sentences

a) Remove too … to/use so… that (vice versa)

b) Remove if/use unless (vice versa)

c) Remove As soon as/use No sooner…than (vice versa)

d) Change the assertive sentence into exclamatory sentence without

changing the meaning (vice versa)

e) Change the degrees

D) Communicative Skills

a) Introducing: Self Introduction and Introducing the chief-guest /

Principal/ President / family member / friend

b) Report writing (Tour. Project, News, Functions, Seminars, Accident,

Earthquake and Flood)

c) Welcome address and Vote of Thanks

d) Dialogue writing

5

Pattern of Question paper


1) Objective type questions

(5 from Prose and 5 from Poetry 10x1=10

2) Reference to Context (One from Prose out of two and

one from Poetry out of two) 2x5=10

3) Essay type question on Prose (One out of two) 1x10=10

4) Essay type question on Poetry (One out of two) 1x10=10

5) Short Notes (One from Prose out of two and


6) A) Use of Articles and Prepositions

(2 for articles and 3 for prepositions) 5x1=05

B) Transformation of Sentences 5x1=05

C) Report Writing 5x1=10

7) A) Introducing 1x5=05

B) Welcome and Vote of Thanks 1x5=05

C) Dialogue Writing 1x5=05

80

6

Semester I

Course code: 18SS102TA

Course: Additional English

Teaching Hours: 50 Hours Max. Marks: 80


Text: Seven One-Act Plays (Ed). K. S. Ramamurthy: OUP

Only the following plays are to be studied

1. The seven slaves – A. Ball

2. One good turn – A. E. M. Bayliss

3. Night watches – Allan Monkhouse

4. The Unexpected – Ella Adkins

5. Sunday Costs Five Pesos – Josephina Niggli

Grammer and Communication Skills

Modals (Making Sentences using Modals)

Sentence Linkers (make Sentences using Linkers)

Use of Words, phrases and idioms

Describing a situation (Marriage, Birthday, Local fair, Temple festivals,

National festivals, Funerals etc.)

Pattern of question paper


1) Objective type question on the play 10x1=10

2) Reference to context 2x5=10

3) Essay type question on the plays (One out of two) 1x10=10

4) Easy type question on the plays (One out of two) 1x10=10

5) Short notes on the plays (One out of two) 2x5=10

6) A) Modals make sentences using given modals 5 out of 7 1x5=05

B) Sentence Linkers Make sentences using given sentence

linkers 5 out of 7 1x5=05

7) A) use of words, phrases and idioms

(3 Marks for Use of Words, 3 Marks for Phrases and

4 marks for idioms and phrases) 1x10=10

B) Describing a situation (About 200 words) 1x10=10

7

Semester I

Course code: 18SS102TB

Course: Basic – Kannada ¸Á»vÀå PËªÀÄÄ¢

©.J¹ì. vÀgÀUÀwUÀ½UÉ ªÉÆÃzÀ® É«Ä ÀÖgï PÀ£ÀßqÀ CªÀ±Àå ¥ÀwæPÉ 2016-17 jAzÀ

(MlÄÖ ¥ÁoÀzÀ CªÀ¢ü 80 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ. ªÁgÀPÉÌ 05 UÀAmÉUÀ¼À ¥ÁoÀ, MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 100. DAvÀjÃPÀ UÀÄuÁAPÀPÉÌ 20 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (ºÁdgÁwUÉ 04, ªÉÆzÀ® QgÀÄ ¥ÀjPÉëÃUÉ 04, JgÀqÀ£É QgÀÄ ¥ÀjPÉëÃUÉ 10, ¤AiÉÆÃfvÀ PÁAiÀÄðPÉÌ 03 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) ºÁUÀÆ xÀAiÀÄj ¥ÀjÃPÉëÃUÉ 80 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ)

¥Àj«r

1. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå ¤Ãw - ¸ÉÆÃªÉÄÃ±ÀégÀ ±ÀvÀPÀ 2. E¼ÉAiÀiÁAqÀUÀÄrªÀiÁgÀgÀ gÀUÀ¼É - ºÀjºÀgÀ 3. CªÉqÉAiÉÆ¼É¥ÉðAiÉÆÃ ªÀÄ®èªÀÄä - gÁWÀªÁAPÀ 4. ªÀiÁ£ÀUÉÃr ªÀÄA¢ - PÀqÀUÉÆÃ¼À ªÀÄrªÁ¼À 5. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀzÀUÉÆÃ¼ï - eÉ. ¦. gÁdgÀvÀßA 6. ZË¥ÀrUÀ¼ÀÄ - ¢£ÀPÀgÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä 7. PÀlÄÖªÉªÀÅ £ÁªÀÅ - JA. UÉÆÃ¥Á®PÀÈµÀÚ CrUÀ 8. £À£Àß CªÀzÁgÀ - ±À²PÀ¯Á «ÃgÀAiÀÄå ¸Áé«Ä 9. UÀgÀwAiÀÄ ºÁqÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ - eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ 10. PÉÆ£ÉAiÀÄ VgÁQ - ¤gÀAd£À 11. ªÀÄÆqsÀ £ÀA©PÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - gÁ.AiÀÄ. zsÁgÀªÁqÀPÀgÀ 12. CPÀÌgÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆwð - ¦. ®APÉÃ±À 13. «eÁÕ£ÀªÉAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ? - f. ºÀtÄªÀÄAvÀgÁªï 14. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ aQvÉìUÀ¼ÀÄ - ¹A¦ °AUÀtÚ 15. £Áå£ÉÆ vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À - eÉ. Dgï. ®PÀëöätgÁªÀ

8

Semester I

Course code: 18SS102TC

Course: Hindi Basic Teaching Hours: 50 Hours Max. Marks: 80


Text Books:

1. - . , ,

2. - ( - , , , )

3.

Distrubution of Marks

1. – 55

2. – 15

3. - 10

A. Objective type questions (10 out of 14) 10 Marks

B. Annotations from text book (3 out of 5) 15 Marks

C. Essay type of questions from test book (2out of 4) 20 Marks

D. Short notes from text book (2 out of 4) 10 Marks

E. Grammer 15 Marks

F. (Comprehension) 10 Marks

Theory total 80 Marks

Internal Assessment 20 Marks

Total 100 Marks Reference books:

1. –

2. -

3. ए -

4. –

5. - .

6. -

7. -

8. –

9. - .

10. - .

11. –

9

Group II

Semester I


Course: Chemistry -1 Teaching Hours: 50 Hours Max. Marks: 80


IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Unit-I

Atomic structure 6 Hours

Review of Bohr’s model of hydrogen atom-Postulates of Bohr.fs theory, Bohr.fs

theory of hydrogen atom, calculation of radius and energy of nth orbital,

electronic transitions and origin of spectral lines of hydrogen atom.

Quantum numbers and their significance.

Unit-II

Periodic trends 4 Hours

The modern periodic law, Periodicity properties, Classification elements into s,

p,d and f blocks, comparative studies of elements group I & II (With respect to

ionic radii, lionization Energy, Anomalous behavior of Li & Be,), electronic

configuration of the elements up to atomic number 60, Aufbau principle,

Hund’s rule, (n+l)rule , Pauli’s exclusion principle

Unit-III

Chemical bonding – I 4 Hours

Ionic bonding: factors affecting the formation of ionic bonding, Lattice

energy and its determination by Born-Haber cycle.

Covalent bond: Types, factors favoring covalent bond, properties of

covalent bond: Types, factors favoring covalent bodn, properties of covalent

compounds.

Valence bond theory with respect to H2, F2, HCL molecules and its

limitations.

Unit-IV

Methods of analysis 3 Hours

Errors in quantitative analysis, classification and minimization, accuracy,

precision standard deviation, e-test, significant figure and rules for

computations

10

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

10 Hours

Unit-I

Carbohydrates I : Introduction, definition and classification, D and L structure

of glucose, Haworth and Fischer structure of (+)-Glucose and (-)-Fructose,

Stereosiomers of (+)-glucose, Oxidation of (+)-Glucose by Nitric Acid,

Osazone formation of (+)-Glucose and (-)-Fructose, Conversion of aldose into

Ketose, Formation of glycosides, Configuration about C-1 (anomers),

Methylation, Mutarotation, Structure and composition of Disaccharides (+)-

Sucrose, (+)-Maltose, (+)-Lactose, Polysaccharides starch and cellulose

structures, Reducing and Non-reducing sugars.

Unit-II

Stereochemistry of organic molecules 6 Hours

Cycloalkanes: Naeyer.fs strain theory, calculation of angle strain, Sachse Mohr

theory of strainless rings. Chair and boat forms of cyclohexanne. Axial and

equatorial bonds.

Conformational isomerism: Basic concept of conformational analysis with

reference to ethane and butane.

Geometrical isomerism: definition, E and Z notation for 2-butene and

butenedioic acid, rules for assigning notations. Determination of configuration

of butenedioic acid by anhydride formation, dipole moment measurement

melting point and stability.

Optical isomerism: Chirality, van’t Hoff-Lebel gypithesis, optical activity, D

and L-configurations, R and S notations, sequence and priority rules,

enatiomers, distereoisomers, epomers, anomers, racemic and meso (with

suitable examples like lactic and tartaric acids.), racemisation resolution of

racemic mixture by chemical method, asymmetric synthesis Walder inversion.

11

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY Unit-I Gaseous state 7 Hours

Real gas isotherms, Andrew.fs ecperiment of CO2,PV-relationship,

critical phenomenon of gases.

Critical constants(Pc, Vc, Tc). Definition, of critical temperature, critical

pressure and critical volume.

Relationship between critical constants and Vanderwaals constants,

experimental determination of critical constants, reduced equation of state and

statement of law of corresponding states.

Liquification of gases (Linde.fs method only), Maxwell.fs law of distribution of

molecular velocities(No derivation), effect temperatute on distribution of

molecular velocities.

Unit-II

Solutions 4 Hours

Solutions of fgas in liquid. Henery’s law and limitations. Completely

miscible liquid pairs. Azeotropes, theory of azeotropic mixtures, partially

miscible liquid systems, critical solution temperature with respect of phenol

water, triethyl amine-water and nicotinewater system.

Unit-III

Salt-hydrolysis 4 Hours

Types of salts, definition of degree of hydrolysis and hydrolysis constant

derive the relation between Kh, Ka & Kw and expression for pH in case of

hydrolysis of the following – salts weak base and strong acid, weak acid and

strong base. Numerical problems.

Unit-IV

Nernst distribution law 2 Hours

Statement and limitations. Applications of Nernst distribution law in

solvent extraction.

12

REFERENCE BOOKS

Inorganic chemistry

1. Advanced Inorganic chemistry Cotton and Wilikinson

2. Concise Inorganic chemistry J. D. Lee

3. Inorganic chemistry Huhee and Keiter

4. Inorganic chemistry Shriver and Atkin

5. Principles of Inorganic chemistry Puri and Sharma

6. Inorganic chemistry A. G. Sharpe

7. Essential chemistry R. Chand

8. University chemistry Mahan and Myers

9. Modern Inorganic chemistry Madan

10. Modern Inorganic chemistry Satya prakash

11. Inorganic chemistry for Under

Graduates R. Gopalan

12. Collage Practical chemistry Ahluwalia, Dhingra and Gulati

13. Instrumental method of

Chemical analysis Willard, Martin and Dean

Organic chemistry

1. Text book of Organic chemistry Bahl and Bahl

2. Organic spectroscopy P. S. Kalsi

3. Organic chemistry I.L. Finar Vol I and II

4. Advanced Organic chemistry Jerry March

5. Organic chemistry Morrison & Boyd

6. Modern Organic chemistry Norman & Wadding

Books recommended for Physical chemistry:

1. Physical chemistry P. W. Atkins

2. Introduction to Physical chemistry Mark Latd

3. Text book of Physical chemistry S. Glastone

4. Principles of Physical chemistry Puri Sharma & Pathania

5. Text book of Physical chemistry P.L. Soni

6. Text book of Physical chemistry M.V. Sangaranarayanan

13

Course code: 18SS104P

Course: Chemistry Practicals -I Total number of hours per week :4 Hours Internal Assessment :10 Marks

Total No. of Hours per semester:52 Hours Practical: 40 Marks

A. Demonstration of calibration of glasswares (Burette, pipette) and weights

(grams and milligrams)

B. Preparation of standard solution, calculation of mass of the solute to be

dissolved in 250 ml solution to get required normally.

C. Volumetric estimations:

1. Preparation of standard sodium carbonate solution (Idea of primary

standard solution), standardization of HCL and estimation of NzOH

using standard HCL solution.

2. Preparation standard oxalic acid solution, standardization of KMnO4

solution and estimation of FAS solution.

3. Preparation of standard potassium dichromate, standardization of

ferrous sulphate solution and estimation of KMnO4 using standard

ferrous sulphate solution.

4. Estimation of iodine using standard thiosulphate solution

5. Estimation of zinc using standard EDTA solution.

6. Estimation of total hardness using standard EDTA solution

7. Estimation of available chlorine in blenching power by iodometric

method.

8. Estimation of carbonate of bicarbonate in a mixture using

phenolphthalein and methyl orange indicators.

D. Simple gravimetric experiments

E. Determination of the percentage loss in weght of I) Zinc carbonate II)

barium chloride III) mixture of barium sulphate and ammonium chloride

IV) mixture of zinc oxide and zinc carbonate on heating.

14

Semester I


Course: Sugar science& Technology- I

Juice Extraction & clarification Teaching Hours: 50 Hours Max. Marks: 80

Teaching Hours per week – 05 Hours Internal Assessment: 20

Unit – I 10 Hours

Definitions and concept of various terms used in sugar technology – Cane,

Binding Material, Extraneous Matter, Pol, Brix, Recovery, Juice, Bagasse,

Primary Juice, Secondary Juice, Maceration, Imbibition Water, Bagasse,

Press Mud / Filter Cake, Clear Juice, Mixed Juice, Raw Juice, Filtrate,

Syrup, Massecuite, Molasses, Final Molasses, Vacuum, Live Steam,

Exhaust Steam, Vapour, Vacuum, Condensate, Boiler Water, Effluent,

Spent Wash, Distillation, Fermentation, Etc ., General sugar processing

flow diagram

Unit – II 10 Hours

Cane preparation & Milling : cane weighing, cane unloading system,

General arrangement & working of cane carrier, feeder tables, cane

preparatory equipments – leveler, cutter, fibrizer, shredder etc, Preparatory

index, prepared cane carrier, General arrangement of mills & drive

assembly, different parts of mill assembly, concept of mill & milling

tandem, Working of mill, Juice extraction from cane, maceration and

simple imbibition, compound imbibition, mill sanitation, raw juice

screening , rotary screens, Mill extraction, Primary extraction, Bagasse &

Juice quality, Measurement and weighment of juice – Mag flow / mass

flow/load cell base weighing tank, Normal quantities of various products,

Idea about diffusion.

Unit – III 10 Hours

Juice heating & clarification equipments: General Construction &

working of Different types of juice heaters – Tubular /DCH/PTHE,

Tubular heaters – HS, passes concept, heat transfer; General working

sulphur burner, General construction & working of modern continuous

sulphur burner, sulphur sublimation and reasons, Properties of SO2 gas,

Juice sulphiter working & construction details, Composition of cane and

juice – their difference , principles of cane juice clarification, Effect of

lime on the different constituents of juice, effect of pH, effect of heating,

different processes of cane juice clarification, Juice sulphiter – working &

construction, Concept of shock liming /preliming/simultaneous liming,

Milk of preparation equipment working & construction details,

Phosphoric acid preparation, Preparation of flocculants

15

Unit – IV 10 Hours

Definition of double sulphitation/phosphotation,chemicals used for juice

clarification, physical & chemical properties of Sulphur, Lime,

Phosphoric acids, settling agents, sulphur burning reaction, Action of

lime/sulphur/phosphoric acid/settling agent on juice, Flocculent agents

used for settling and their properties, dosing calculations for chemicals.

Unit – V 10 Hours

Clarifier & Vacuum Filter: General construction & working of various

clarifiers - 444 clarifier / rapi clarifier/ Single tray (SRT) clarifier,

vacuum filter, Types of clarification/juice sulphiter/sulphur

burner/clarifier/vacuum filter

16

Reference Books:

1. Principles of sugar technology, Honig Pieter, Elesevier publishing

company Amsterdam

2. Hand book of Cane Sugar Engineering, Hugot e., Elesevier Science

publishing Co.Inc. New York.

3. Sugar Technology for Administrators in the Indian sugar factories;

Manohar Rao,P.J.; Jayajirao Shinde Editor Bharatiya Sugar Jeevan

Darshan Laxmi Rd. Pune.

4. Training manual for sugar mills.; Mangal Singh; Somaiya publications

Pvt.Ltd. Mumbai.

5. Efficient Management of sugar factories, Mangal Singh, Somaiya

publication Pvt.Ltd. Bombay

6. Cane Sugar Manufacture in India, Kulkarni, D.P., The Sugar

Technologists Association of India N.Delhi.

7. System of Technical control for cane sugar factories in India; Varma,

N.C. The Sugar Technologists Association of India N.Delhi.

8. Hand book of Cane Sugar Technology, Mathur R.B.L., Oxford DBH

publishing Co.N.Delhi.

9. Unit operations in cane sugar production; Payne, J.N.; Elesevier pub Co.

Amsterdam.

10. Introduction to cane Sugar Technology, Jenkins, Q.H., Elesevier

scientific publishing company Amsterdam.

17


Course: Sugar Science& Technology - I : Practicals -I

Total number of hours per week- 04 Internal Assessment = 10 Marks

Total No. of Hours per semester-52 Practical’s: 40 Marks

1. Brix Analysis by brix hydrometer

2. Use of polarimeter for Pol reading

3. Analysis of Primary juice /Mixed juice for Brix % , Pol % & Purity

4. Analysis of Bagasse for Pol % & moisture %

5. Analysis of Filter cake for Pol % & Moisture %

6. Calibration of pH meter and analysis of juice for pH

7. Analysis of RS % & RS per 100 brix in Primary juice & clear juice

8. Analysis of syrup for Brix % & purity

9. Analysis of CaO content in Mixed juice & clear juice

10. Analysis of bagacillo in mixed juice

11. Analysis of quick lime for available CaO content

12. Analysis of juice for dirt%

18

Semester I


Course: Sugar science& Technology-II

Sugarcane Production Technology Teaching Hours: 50 Hours Max. Marks: 80


Unit – I 04 Hours

Origin, History and distraction sugarcane growing regions of India. The

taxonomic classification of sugarcane. Morphology – stem of sugarcane.

Economic root system and inflorescence in sugarcane and growth phases

in sugarcane. Economic important cane v/s beet sugar. Importance and

varieties of sugarcane .Major varieties of sugarcane cultivated in

Karnataka and their features.


Water requirement, photosynthesis, factors of influencing photosynthesis,

effect of temperature, photoperiod, Transpiration, Growth promoters,

Growth inhibitors. History and perspectives. Importance of

Biotechnology in Agriculture. Requirements to develop tissue culture lab

steps involved in micro-propagation sterilization and maintenance of

aseptic conditions. Tissue culture media preparation. Advantages of

micro-propagation in sugarcane.


Elements of Soils and their Characters; Meaning of Normality, Molar,

Milli equivalent and parts per million. Definition of soil. Importance and

functions of soils. Soil farming rocks and minerals, soil farming factors,

soil profile, soil particles, structure, texture, density, porosity, physical

properties, soil pH, Electrical Conductivity and Ion exchange process.

Soil moisture, percolation of water in the soil, drainage, soil climate and

gas exchange. Soil temperature and its importance. Soil organic matter,

importance, characters and carbon and nitrogen ration and its importance.

Acid soils, saline and alkaline soils, their characters, formation, problems

19

and their management practices. Uses of different quality irrigation water

in agriculture.

Meaning of soil fertility, soil fertility deciding factors, plant nutrients and

their classification. Essential nutrients, Forms of nutrients required by

plant, movement of nutrients towards roots, availability of nutrients.

Organics, meaning and classification / types. Nitrogen, Phosphorus and

potassium fertilizers and their characters and reactions in the soil.

Complex. Mixed and liquid fertilizers and micronutrient fertilizers. Soil

analysis, plant analysis, critical limits of nutrients in plant.

Recommendations of fertilizers based on soil test results.


Production practices

Ecology

Temperature, Rainfall, Relative humidity (RH), Atmospheric Co2

concentration, Sunlight, Frost, Wind, Microclimate, Effect of greenhouse

gases (GHGs) and Effect of climate on ripening.

Varieties in sugarcane, preparatory tillage, green manuring and

application of bulky manures, seed material and seed rate, geometry of

planting and planting depth, planting period, agronomy of late planted

crop, planting methods, mechanical planters, aftercare. Sugarcane based

cropping and farming systems, companion cropping in sugarcane,

sugarcane based farming systems.

Stress management in sugarcane

Cold stress, agronomy of water logged for excess moisture conditions,

moisture stress conditions, managing acid soils, managing saline-alkali

soils, sugarcane in shallow black soils.

20

Nutrition and fertilizer management

Time and method of N application, bio-fertilizers, Time and method of

applying Bio-fertilizers, Ex situ composing of trash and press mud

(modified Japanese method), Vermi-composting, major nutrients and

micro nutrients.

Water management

Evapo-transpiration (ET) or consumptive use (CU), Irrigation efficiency

(IE) and Water use efficiency (WUE), Soil moisture status and leaf water

potential (YL). Sprinkler irrigation, Furrow method of irrigation and Drip

or trickle Irrigation and Drainage.

Management of ratoon cane

Time and method of fertilizer application, yield attributes of ratoon cane,

quality ratoon, quality ratoon vs plant cane. Cultural requirement, number

of rations, ratooning power of cultivars, water requirement, gap filling,

trash management, management of weeds, pests, and diseases associated

with rations, effect of growth regulates of sprouting and ratoon yield,

Allelopathy in ratoon cropping.

Management of seed cane

Sett treatment, agronomy of seed cane, thermotherapy or heat therapy and

Three-tier seed programme.

Integrated weed management

Integrated weed control, herbicide, antidotes or safeners, surfactants and

adjuvants, control of noxious perennial weeds and methods of weed

control measures.

Pests and disease management

Pests: Shoot borer, top borer, internode borer, stalk borer, gurudaspur

borer, root borer, White Grubs, Termites, Scale insect: (Green),

Pyrillapurpusilla, Walker), White files, Non-insect pests, Biological

control of sugarcane pests, parasites.

21

Diseases: Red rot, Smut, Wilt, Pineapple disease, Yellow Leaf Disease

(YLD), Leaf spots, Ratoon stunning disease (RSD), Grassy Shoot Disease

(GSD), Nematodes and Mosaic.

Unit – V 06 Hours

Ripening methods, Methods of cane purchase, Harvest strategy, Pre-

harvest maturity survey, Methods of harvest, Mechanized harvesting.

Composition of sugarcane and juice and quality parameters of juice, Post

harvest losses and measures to reduces the losses. Cost of cultivation of

sugarcane.

22

Reference Books:

1. Hartmann and Kester’s – Plant propagation – Principles and practices –

Hudscan T. Hartmann, Dale E. Kester, Fred T. Davies, Jr. Robert L.

Geneve.

2. Textbook of Plant Physiology – C. P. Malik

3. Diseases of Crop plants in India – G. Rangaswami and A. Mahadevan

4. Plant Pathology – R. S. Mehrotra

5. Practical cytology – Applied Genetics and Biostatistics – H. K. Goswami

and Rajeev Goswami

6. Recent Advances in Plant Diseases Vol-1 to 5-K.M. Chandniwala

7. Introduction to Principles of Plant Pathology – R.S. Singh

8. An Introduction to Plant Anatomy – Authur R. Eames and Laurence H.

Mac Deniels.

9. Genetics and Plant Breeding – E. B. Babcock

10. Plant Taxonomy – O.P. Sharma

11. Plant Breeding – Theory and Techniques – S.K. Gupta

12. Breeding Asian Field Crops – John Milton Poehlman and Dhirendranath

Borthakur.

13. Crop Production and Field Experimentation – Dr. V. G. Vaidya, K. R.

Sahasrabudhe, Dr. V. S. Khuspe.

14. Agricultural Problems of India – A. N. Agrwal and Kundam Lal

15. Elementary Principles of Plant Breeding – H.K. Chaudhari

16. Trends in Agricultural Insect Pest Management – G.S. Dhaliwal and

Ramesh Arora.

23


Course: Sugar science& Technology - II : Practicals -II

Total number of hours per week- 04 Internal Assessment = 10 Marks


1. Identification of sugarcane varieties and weeds.

2. Soil sampling methods.

3. Calculation of fertilizer dose based on soil test report.

4. Identification of Pests and diseases.

5. Analysis of brix of cane sample by hand refractometer at various points

6. Analysis of cane sample for pol % - Cane weighment, Juice weighment,

analysis of bagasse for pol % & moisture %, Analysis of juice for Brix %

, Pol %, purity,

7. Working of cost of cultivation of sugarcane.

24

Semester I

Group – III


Course: Indian constitution

Compulsory paper for all U. G. Courses (Total = 80 Marks)

Chapter – I 8 Hours

Constitutional History, Preamble salient features, citizenship, Method of

Amendment and Recent Amendments

Chapter – II 10 Hours

Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy

Fundamental duties, different between fundamental Rights and Directive

Principles of State Policy

Chapter – III

a) President – powers and functions. Vice-president powers and

functions, Prime Minister and council of ministers.

b) Parliament – Lok sabha, Rajya sabha – composition powers and

functions.

c) Judiciary (Supreme Court) composition powers and functions Judicial

Activism

Chapter – IV State Government 10 Hours

a) Governor: powers and functions

b) Chief minister:

c) State Legislative Assembly and Legislative Council-composition

powers and functions.

d) High court: Composition powers and function

Chapter – IV Recent Trends in Indian Constitution 12 Hours

a) Basic structure of Indian Constitution

b) National integration and obstacles to National integration

c) Federalism, Centre State Relations

d) Recent Electoral Reforms and Anti Defection Law

e) Recommendations of National Commission to Review the working of

Indian constitution.

25

Books of reference:

1. M. V. Pylee, An introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi,

Vikas, 2005

2. Subhasg C. Kasgyap, Our Constitution: An Introduction to India.fs

constitution Hall of India, 2001

3. Durga Das Basu, Introduction to the constitution of India, New Delhi.

Prentice Hall of India. 2001

4. D. C. Gupta, Indian Government and Politics, VII edition, New Delhi,

Vikas, 1994

5. J. C. Johari, Indian Govern,ent and politics, Delhi, Sterling publishers,

2004

6. V.D. Mahajan, Constitutional Development and National Movement in

India , New Delhi, S. Chand and Co. lates edition.

7. Constituent Ascysembly Debates, New Delhi, Lok Sabha Secretariat,

1989

8. Granville Austin, Working of Democratic Constitution: The Indian

Experience, New Delhi, Oxford University Press 1999

9. A. P. Avathi, Indian Government and Politics, Agra, naveen Agarwal,

2004

10. S.A Palekar, Indian constitution, New Delhi, Serials publications, 2003

11. Brij Kishore Sharma, introduction to the Constitution of India (Second

Edition), New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India, 2004

12. H. H. Rajashekhar, Understanding the Indian constitution, Mysore

Prabodha, 2005

13. J. N. pandey, Constitutional Law of India, Allahabad, central Law

Agency.

14. Indian Policy – M Laxmikanth, MgGRAW hill education WE Series, 4th

Edition.

Model question paper

1. There will be Eight questions

2. Student has to answer any five question

3. Each question carry 16 marks.

26

THE COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS OF

UNDER GRADUATE

II - SEMESTER

Academic Year 2018-19

27

Semester – II

Sl.

No

Course

code

Course No of

Teaching

hours per

week

Total of

Internal

Assessment

marks

Final

Examinati

on Marks

Total

marks

Department Exam hours

1 18SS201T Basic English 05 20 80 100 English 3 Hours

2 18SS202TA

/

18SS202TB/

18SS202TC

Additional

English

05 20 80 100 English 3 Hours

Basic

Kannada

05 20 80 100 Kannada 3 Hours

Hindi Basic 05 20 80 100 Hindi 3 Hours

3 18SS203T Chemistry - II 05 20 80 100 Chemistry 3 Hours

4 18SS204P Chemistry

Practicals

04 10 40 50 4 Hours


& Technology

-I,

(Evaporators )

05 20 80 100 Sugar

Technology

3 Hours


& Technology

– I, Practicals

-I

04 10 40 50 4 Hours


& Technology

II, (Sugar

Factory

Chemical

Control)

05 20 80 100 Sugar

Technology

3 Hours


& Technology

– II, Practicals

- II

04 10 40 50 4 Hours

9 18SS209T Environmenta

l Studies &

Human Rights

05 20 80 100 Political

Science

3 Hours

Total teaching hours per week:52

Total marks per semester: 950

28

Group – I Languages

Semester II


Course: Basic English Teaching Hours: 50 Hours Max. Marks: 80


I. Text: Prose

1) A Chameleon – Anton Chekhov

2) The False Gems – Guy de Maupassant

3) The Secret of Work – Swami vivekanand

4) Duty – Mulk Raj Anand

5) Our Home in space – Sir James Jeans

Poetry

1) Huger – Jayant Mahapatra

2) Telephone Conversation – Wole Souanka

3) The Diameter of the Bomb- Yehuda Amichai

4) This is a Photograph of Me – Margret Atwood

5) The Emperor of Ice Cream – Wallace Stevens

II. Grammar and communication skills

A) Synonyms and Antonyms text based

B) Frame – questions

C) Communicative Skills

D) Short speech skills – Global Warming, Water Scarcity , Pollution,

Terrorism, Anti-social activities, Startups, Plantation, Bio-diversity,

Rain Harvesting, Women Education, Clean Mission India, Impact of

strikes, Alcoholism, First day in college, Mother’s day, Yoga day,

Environment day and Science day. (about 100-150 words)

E) Preparing an Advertisement – Notebook, Pen, Soap, Smart Phone,

TV, Computer, Shoes etc.,

F) Resume and CV writing

29

Pattern of Question paper




2) Reference to Context (One from Prose out of two and


3) Essay type question on Prose (One out of two) 1x10=10

4) Essay type question on Poetry (One out of two) 1x10=10

5) Short Notes (One from Prose out of two and


A) Synonyms 5x1=05

B) Antonyms 5x1=05

B) farming Wh- question 5x1=05

7) A) short speeches 1x5=05

B) preparing and advertisement 1x5=05

C) Resume Writing / CV 1x5=05

30

Semester II

Course code: 18SS202TA

Course: Additional English Teaching Hours: 50 Hours Max. Marks: 80


I. Text: The Cutting Edge: Science & Scientists

(Ed. Colin Swatridge (Macmillan)

Only the following biographical sketches are to be taught.

1. Rane Descartes (1596-1960)

2. Antoine Lavoisier (1743-94)

3. Ivan Pavlov (1849-1926)

4. Sigmund Freud (1856-1939)

5. Werner Heisenberg (1901-1976)

Grammer and Composition

1) Relative Clauses

2) Conditionals and ‘wish’

3) Use of words ad two different forms of speech

4) Report writing (functions, seminars, excursion, tours, accident,

earthquake, flood, etc)

Pattern of Question paper (80 arks paper of three hours and 20 Marks for I.A)



2) Comprehension questions on the biographical sketches

(One out of two) 5x2 =10

3) Essay type question on biographical sketches

(One out of two) 1x10=10

4) Essay type question on biographical sketches

(One out of two) 1x10=10

5) Short Notes on the biographical sketches

(One out of four) 2x5=10

6) A) Relative Clauses 5x1=05

B) Conditional and ‘wish’ 5x1=05

7) Use of words ad two different forms of speech 5x1=05

8) Report Writing 1x5=05

31

Semester II

Course code: 18SS202TB

Course: Basic – Kannada ¸Á»vÀå PËªÀÄÄ¢ - 2

©.J¸ï. ¹. JgÀqÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä ÀÖgï Teaching Hours: 50 Hours Max. Marks: 80


C£ÀÄ§AzsÀ – 3 ¥ÀzÀå ¨sÁUÀ

1. PÁªÀå ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ¥ÀjtvÀªÀÄwUÀ¼ï - ²æÃ«dAiÀÄ

2. ªÀZÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ - §¸ÀªÀtÚ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CPÀÌªÀÄºÁzÉÃ«

3. ¨sÉÃzÀzÀ° ºÉÆPÀÌjzÀ£ÉÆÃ ªÀÄzsÀÄ¸ÀÆzÀ£À - PÀÄªÀiÁgÀ¸Áé«Ä

4. ¨ÉèÃ£ï »ÃA PÀzÀ£À - © JA ²æÃ

5. PÀÄgÀÄqÀÄ PÀAZÁmÁ - zÀ. gÁ. ¨ÉÃAzÉæ

6. ¤ÃªÀ®èªÉ? - PÉ. J¸ï, £ÀgÀ¹A¸Áé«Ä

7. £À£Àß ºÀtvÉ - eÉ. J¸ï. ²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà

8. AiÀiÁvÀPÀªÁé ºÀÄ§â½î-zsÁgÁéqÀ - ¨ÉlUÉÃj PÀÈµÀÚ±ÀªÀÄð

9. PÉÆÃjPÉ - F±ÀégÀ ¸ÀtPÀ®è

10. ¸ÀAPÁæAw - ²æÃgÁªÀÄ ElÖtÚªÀgÀ

UÀzÀå ¨sÁUÀ

11. zsÀ£ÀéAvÀjAiÀÄ aQvÉì - PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ

12. ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀå - J. J£ï. ªÀÄÄwðgÁªï

13. ¹. «. gÁªÀÄ£ï - eÉ. Dgï. ®PÀëöätgÁªÀ

14. ¥sÉæqïºÁAiÀiïè: C¥ÀæwªÀÄ R¨sËvÀ «eÁÕ¤ - qÁ. ±ÀAPÀgÀ Dgï. PÀAqÀUÀ¯ï

15. ¦æAiÀÄzÀ²ð C±ÉÆÃPÀ - ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±À CAiÀÄåAUÁgÀ

16. zÉÃ« - ±ÁAvÁzÉÃ« PÀt«

32

Semester II

Course code: 18SS202TC

Course: Hindi Basic

Teaching hours per week: 5 Hours Total Marks: 100 Marks

Examination : 3 Hours Theory: 80 Marks

Internal assessment: 20 Marks

Text books:

1. - . , , -1

( ए )

2.

3.

Disruption of Marks :

1. - 55

2. - 15

3. - 10

A. Objective type questions (10 out of 14) 10 Marks

B. Annotations from text book (3 out of 5) 15 Marks

C. Essay type of questions form text book (2 out of 4) 20 Marks

D. Short notes from text book (2 out of 4) 10 Marks

E. General essay( ) (1 out of 3) 15 Marks

F. Translation ( )(Kannada/ English in to Hindi) 10 Marks

Theory total 80 Marks


Total 100 Marks

Reference Books:

1. - .

2. - .

3. -

4. - .

5. - .

6. - .

7. -

8. -

33

Semester II


Course: Chemistry - II Teaching Hours: 50 Hours Max. Marks: 80


Inorganic Chemistry Unit-I

Chemical bonding – II 10 Hours

Hybridization: Salient features of hybridization, eometry of molecules with

respect to sp, sp2, sp3, dsp3, sp3d2 hybridization.

VSEPR theory – Postulates, regular and irregular geometry (BF3, CH4, NH3

and H2O). Molecular orbital theory: L C A O c o n c e p t, e lementary account

with respect to H2, He2, Li2, B2, N2, O2, O2+, O2- and O2-2 molecules,

calculation of bond order, stability, magnetic property etc.

Hydrogen bonding: Types, significance of hydrogen bonding properties

explained by hydrogen bonding like a) State of H2O and H2S b) Melting and

Boiling point c) Ice has less density than water

Unit-II

Organic reagents in inorganic analysis 2 Hours

Sensitivity, selectivity and specificity, advantages of organic reagents over

inorganic reagents – Dimethyl glyoxime, 8-hydroxy questions (oxime)

Unit-III

Principles of volumetric analysis 4 Hours Concentration terms, normality, molarity, mole fraction, percentage,

primary standards solution, titration-acid-base, precipitation, iodometric redox

and complex metric (with reference to EDTA) titrations, choice of indicators in

the above titrations.

34

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Unit-I

Purification of organic compounds 6 Hours

Methods of purification of solids: Crystallization, fractional crystallization

and sublimation.

Methods of purification of liquids: Distillation, fractional distillation,

distillation under reduces pressure, steam distillation.

Chromatography: General principles, types, brief outline of thin layer

chromatography, paper chromatography and column chromatography solvent

extraction.

Criteria of purity: Melting point and boiling point.

Unit-II

Spectroscopy 5 Hours

Introduction, Electromagnetic spectrum.

UV spectroscopy: Principle, types of transitions, chromophores, concept of

auxochromes and their effect on Wave length max. Bathochromic shift,

hypsochromic shift, hypochromic and hyperchromic shift.

Woodward and Fieser rules and illustration of calculation of fEmax taking

myrcene and B-phelladrene and examples.

Aromatic Hydrocarbons 5 Hours

Resonance in benzene, Aromaticity – Huckel’s 4n+2 rule with respect to

benzene, furan, pyridine and (10) – annulene.

Mechanism of electrophilic aromatic substitution – halogenations, nitration,

sulphonation and Friedel-craft’s reaction (evidences for two step mechanixm

and evidences for formation of electrophile)

35

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

First law to thermodynamics 5 Hours

Statement, isothermal and adiabatic process, experession for work done in the

reversible expansion of adiabatic expansion of an ideal gas (PV.=Constant)

Joule- Thomson effect, Joule- Thomson experiment, derivation of Joule

Thomson coefficient for an ideal gas and inversion temperature.

Thermochemistry: Kirchoff’s equation, bond energies and bond dissociation

energies, calculation of bond energy and bond dissociation energies by taking

simple molecules. Numerical problems.

Liquid State: Physical properties of Liquids 5 Hours

Surface Tension: Effect of temperature on surface tension Determination of

surface tension of liquid by drop numbers method, parachor and its application.

Viscosity: Effect to temperature on viscosity, determination of relative, absolute

and intrinsic viscosity of liquids by ostwald’s viscometer method.

Refractive indes of liquid: specific and molar refractions, determination of

refractive index of liquid by Abbe’s refractometer.

Colloids 4 Hours

Emulsions: Types of emulsions, Preparation and emulsifiers.

Gels: Classification, preparation and properties, general application of

colloids.

Solids 4 Hours

Spade lattice, unit cell, crystal systems, calculation of particles per unit

cell, laws of crystallography, x-ray diffraction of crystals, derivation of

Brag’s equation, Miller indices, determination of structure of NaCl by

rotating single crystal method.

36

Reference books for Inorganic chemistry

1. Advanced Inorganic chemistry Cotton and Wilikinson

2. Concise Inorganic chemistry J. D. Lee

3. Inorganic chemistry Huhee and Keiter

4. Inorganic chemistry Shriver and Atkin

5. Principles of Inorganic chemistry Puri and Sharma

6. Inorganic chemistry A. G. Sharpe

7. Essential chemistry R. Chand

8. University chemistry Mahan and Myers

9. Modern Inorganic chemistry Madan

10. Modern Inorganic chemistry Satya prakash

11. Inorganic chemistry for Under

Graduates R. Gopalan

12. Collage Practical chemistry Ahluwalia, Dhingra and Gulati

13. Instrumental method of

Chemical analysis Willard, Martin and Dean

Books recommended for Organic chemistry

1. Organic chemistry I.L. Finar Vol I and II

2. Organic chemistry Morrison & Boyd

3. Organic chemistry F.A. carry and R. J. Sundberg

4. Reaction Mechanism in

Organic chemistry Singh and Mukherji

5. Text book of Organic chemistry Bahl and Bahl

6. Text book of Organic chemistry C. N. Pillai, Universities Press

Books recommended for Physical chemistry:

1. Physical chemistry Puri and Sharma

2. Physical chemistry P.L. Soni

3. Physical chemistry Roberty A Alberty

4. Physical chemistry M.V. Sangaranarayanan

5. Physical chemistry Atkins

6. Physical chemistry Bahl, Madan and Tuli

37

Semester II


Course: Chemistry Practicals Teaching Hours: 50 Hours Max. Marks: 80


A. Organic spotting: Identification of following organic compounds and

preparation of their derivatives and confirmation by melting points:

1. Oxalic Acid

2. Phenol

3. Naphthalene

4. Urea

5. Benzaldegyde

6. 1-Naphthol

7. Phthalic acid

8. 2-Naphthol

9. Aniline

10. Acetanilide

11. Benzamide

12. Benzoic Acid

13. Salicylic Acid

14. Acetone

15. Ethyl benzoate

B. Identification by

1. Element determination

2. Solubility

3. Functional group

4. Physical constant

5. Preparation of derivatives and finding melting points

38

Semester II


Course: Sugar Science& Technology- I Evaporator



Unit – I 10 Hours

Evaporator basic: Concept of live steam/exhaust steam/vapour, Heat

transfer & condensation, Basic concept of evaporator body, Working &

construction of Robert body, Evaporator body – Major accessories, steam

distribution to calandria, juice distribution, Study of different types of

evaporators, Rising & falling film evaporator,


Evaporator operation: single effect Vs multiple effect evaporator,

vapour cell and pre evaporators, Rileuxe principles, Evaporation under

vacuum, vacuum creation, Types of condensers –

Barometric/multijet/single entry/counter current /co –current; removal of

condensate and non condensable gases, Online Brix measuring devices


Vapor Bleeding System: Use of steam table, Vapour bleeding

calculations for Quadruple & quintiple effect, Dessin’s formulas, Specific

evaporation coefficient calculation & importance, estimation of

evaporation rate based on brix data, BPR and its calculations


Evaporator performance: Calculations for HS / steam/ vapour/ juice,

Factor affecting evaporator performance; operational problems,

Comparative study of Quadruple Vs Quintuple effects. Modern

evaporator configuration

Unit – V 10 Hours

Evaporator operation & Cleaning: Testing of evaporator bodies after

maintenance, Procedure for starting of evaporator body, operating

procedures, Liquidation procedure, Chemical cleaning of evaporator –

Soda boiling & descaling procedures followed on general cleaning day.

chemicals used/ concentration/process; Mechanical descaling of

evaporator tubes

39

Reference Books:

1. Principles of sugar technology, Honig Pieter, Elesevier publishing

company Amsterdam

2. Hand book of Cane Sugar Engineering, Hugot e., Elesevier Science

publishing Co.Inc. New York.

3. Sugar Technology for Administrators in the Indian sugar factories;

Manohar Rao,P.J.; Jayajirao Shinde Editor Bharatiya Sugar Jeevan

Darshan Laxmi Rd. Pune.


Pvt.Ltd. Mumbai.







8. Hand book of Cane Sugar Technology, Mathur R.B.L., Oxford DBH

publishing Co.N.Delhi.

9. Manufacture and Refining of Raw cane sugar; Baikow, V.E., Elesevier

publishing Co. Am Sterdam London New-york.

10. Unit operations in cane sugar production; Payne, J.N.; Elesevier pub Co.

Amsterdam.

11. Machinery and Equipment of the cane sugar factory, Tromp, L.A.,

Norman Rodger, 7 & 8 Idol Lane.

12. Sugar Science and Technology, Birch, G.G. Parker, K.J. Applied science

publishers Ltd. London.

13. The principles of cane sugar manufacture, Davies, J.G., Norman Rodger;

London

14. Technology for sugar Refinery Workers, Oliver Lyle, Chapman & Hall

Ltd. London

15. Introduction to cane Sugar Technology, Jenkins, Q.H., Elesevier

scientific publishing company Amsterdam.

16. Industrial utilization of sugar cane and its Co-products , Manohar rao,

P.J. , ISPCK publishers & Distibutors N.Delhi

40


Course: Sugar Science& Technology - I: Practicals -I

Total number of hours per week - 04 Internal Assessment = 10 Marks


1. Analysis of RS % & RS per 100 brix in clear juice & syrup

2. Analysis of clear juice & syrup for ICUMSA colour

3. Estimation of % transmittance of clear juice

4. Analysis of quick lime – Available CaO, Unburnt %

5. Analysis of Milk of lime for slakability test

6. Analysis of condensate for – pH, TDS, Sugar test, Conductivity, COD

7. Evaporator scale analysis for various contents

8. Analytical of intermediate products of boiling house – Clear Juice /

Syrup/ Massecuite / Molasses for RS% / Colour/

9. Turbidity in clear juice and syrup by ICUMSA method.

10. Analysis of conductivity ash % of clear juice /syrup/ molasses

11. Estimation of RS/Ash ratio of clear juice / syrup / molasses

12. Analysis of Corbonated and sulphated ash % - Final molasses.

41

Semester II


Course: Sugar Science& Technology- II Sugar Factory Chemical Control


Teaching Hours per week – 05 Hours

Unit – I 10 Hours

General: Weighment system & estimation of % cane figures –

MJ/imbibition/ bagasse, Calculation for estimation of Pol in bagasse, Pol

in MJ, Pol % cane


Milling control: Fundamental equations for milling control, Mill

extraction, fiber % cane, fiber % bagasse, Estimation of RME ,Deer &

RME (Mittal), Imbibition % cane, Imbibition % fibre, dilution indicator ,


Sugar balance and its losses – Estimation of sugar losses –bagasse/filter

cake/ molasses/ recovery/ unknown, Estimation of Pol balance, RS

balance and total losses.


Available sugar / available molasses, General stock taking, Reduced

boiling house control, Boiling house recovery, Reduced BHR, Purity

drop, % exhaustion, Massecuite % cane, Steam % cane

Unit – V 10 Hours

Overall: Preparation of daily manufacturing

report(DMR),TR(8)C,RT(7)C.

Reference Books:


Pvt.Ltd. Mumbai.







42


Course: Sugar Technology – II: Practicals - II

Total number of hours per week - 04 Internal Assessment = 10 Marks


1. Analysis of various chemicals used in sugar industry

a. Lime

b. Phosphoric acid

c. Mill sanitation chemicals

d. Antiscalents

e. Sulphur

f. Caustic Soda

g. Hydrogen peroxide

2. Analysis of clear juice /syrup for estimation of pol % , Sucrose % by

double polarization, TRS %.

43

Group – III

II semester


Course: Environmental Studies and Human Rights Teaching hours: 4 Hours per week

Section A: Environmental Studies Max. Marks: 80

Unit – 1: NATURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Definition, scope, importance and awareness

Basics of our solar system

Earth is called blue planet

Public awareness using an environment calendar of activities

Unit – 2: NATURAL RESOURCES

Meaning of natural resources

Types of natural resources

Protection

Conservation methods

Unit – 3: ECOSYSTEM

Introduction

Types of components of ecosystem

Structure and function of following ecosystem

a. Forest ecosystem

b. Grassland ecosystem

c. Desert ecosystem

d. Aquatic ecosystem

Unit - 4: BIODIVERSITY AND ITS CONSERVATION

Definition

Levels of biodiversity

Biodiversity at global and national level

Western Ghat as biodiversity, hotspot of biodiversity

Treats of biodiversity

Red data book

Unit – 5: ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

Air pollution and its control

Water pollution and its control

Noise pollution and its control

Thermal pollution and its control

Green house effect and global warming

44

Ozone depletion in the stratosphere

Acid rain, Nuclear winter

Rules to regulate environmental pollution

Unit – 6: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT

Power of central government to take measure to protect and

improve environment – 1986 act.

Wildlife protection act – 1972

Forest conservation act – 1980

Authorities who sanction grants for conservation of environment

Unit – 7: HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT

Population explosion, family welfare programme

Environment and human health

Value education – HIV/ AIDS

Woman and child welfare

FIELD WORK

Visit to nearby industrial area to check the impact on environment.

45

Section B: Human Rights

Chapter -I Concept and Development of Human Rights 07 Hours

a) Meaning Scope and Development of Human Rights

b) United Nations and Human Rights – OHCHR ( Office of the United Nations

High Commissioner for Human Rights)

c) Universal Declaration of Human Rights. UDHR 1948, International

Covenant on

Civil and Political rights. ICCPR 1996 and International Covenant on Economic

social and Cultural Rights. (ICESCR) 1966

Chapter -II Human Rights in India 07 Hours

a) Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993

b) Third Generation Human Rights (Group Rights) and Fourth Generation

Human

Rights. (Right to Development and Environmental Rights.)

c) Judicial Activism and Human Rights.

d) Convention on the Elimination of All forms of Discrimination against

Women.

e) Convention on the Rights of the Child

Chapter -III Enforcement of Human Rights 06 Hours

a) National Human Rights Commission, State Human Rights Commission

powers and

functions.

b) Media and NGO’s

c) Human Rights Education, Terrorism and Violation of Human Rights.

d) States Role in Preservation and Protection of Human Rights.

REFERENCES:

1. K.P. Saksena “Human Rights” 1996 New Delhi.

2. Dr. S. Mangalmurthy a ”Human Rights “ Chetan Book House Mysore2004.

3. Krishnamurthy S. “Human Rights and Police Administration” B. R.

Publishing Corporation, Bangalore.

4. B.P. Singh “Human Rights in India” Deep & Deep Publication New Delhi.

5. D.D. Basu, “Human Rights in Constitutional Law” prentice hall.

46

6. S.O. Agarwal, “Human Rights” Central law Agency, Allahabad.

7. V.A. Anand “Human Rights” Allahabad Law Agency, Faridabad.

8. Dr. M. Jayakar Bhandari, Vasantkumar, Raghava Naik “Environmental

Studies and Human Rights”

9. Gokulesh Sharma, Human Rights.

10. Arjun Dev, “Human Rights” Publication 1996

11. Human Rights- A Source Book

Note: The Final Examination is on Multiple Choice Base

1

WEL-COME


PROGRAMMES – B.Sc

III Semester

2

Syllabi for Faculty of Science and Technology under

B.Sc

III – Semester

Group – I (LANGUAGES)

1. Basic – English:


Semester III: Basic English Teaching Hours: 5 per Week

Text: Eco English: Learning English through Environmental Issues an Integrated, Interactive Anthology Edited By N. Krishnaswamy, Lalitha Krishnaswamy, and Dr. B.S. Valke. Bloomsbury Publication (Units – 2, 3, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15) Grammar and Composition Confusing Words (Sentences to be framed on Five pairs of words) One Word Substitutes Interpretations of Notices Translation of a Paragraph (A Paragraph of one hundred words from Kannada text into English or vice versa) Paraphrasing of a Prose of 100 words or a Sonnet


1) Objective type questions 10x1=10

2) Comprehension Questions (Answer in a sentence or Two) 5X2=10

3) Essay type question (one out of two) 1X10=10

4) Essay type question (one out of two) 1X10=10

5) Short Notes (two out of four) 2X5=10

6) Confusing Words (Sentences to be framed on Five pairs of words) 10

7) A) One Word Substitutes 5X1=05

B) Interpretations of Notices 5X1=05

8) Translation (100 words) 1X10=10

Or Paraphrasing of a Prose of 100 words or a Sonnet

80

3

MIL – (Modern Indian Languages)

Additional English


Semester III: Additional English

Teaching Hours: 5 Hours per Week

Text: FINAL SOLUTIONS: A Play by Mahesh Dattani (Penguin Books) Grammar and Composition

i) Determiners (Some/any/no/none/any/much/many/little/few/a lot/plenty/all/all of/ most/most of//all/every/whole /each/every etc.)

ii) Adjectives and adverbs (making Sentences using adj and adv) iii) Futurity in English iv) Phrasal Verbs (Making sentences using phrasal verbs) v) Concord


1) Objective type questions on the play 10X1= 10

2) Comprehension Questions on the play 5X2=10

3) Essay type question on the play (one out of two) 1X10 =10

4) Essay type question on the play (one out of two) 1X10=10

5) Short Notes on the play (two out of four) 2X5=10

6) a) Determiners 5X1=05

b) Use of Adjectives and Adverbs

making sentences using adjectives and adverbs given

(5 out of 7) 5X1=05

7) Futurity in English 10

8) a) Phrasal Verbs

making sentences using Phrasal Verbs

(5 out of 7) 5X1=05

b) Concord 5X1=05

80

4

2. Basic –Kannada

5

3. Basic – Marathi

B.Sc

Semester III

Basic Marathi (With effect from 2017-18 onwards)

Course: Literary Form: Novel Text: Banagarwadi : Vyankatesh Madagulkar

Mehata Publication, Pune

4. Basic Arabic:

SYLLABUS OF ARABIC SUBJECT

BSc. Third Semester

Arabic Basic


Paper : Prose, Poetry and History of Arabic Literature Scheme of teaching : 5 hours per week Prescribed Text Books 1. Al Qiraatur Raashida part II

(Prose) By: Abul Hasan Ali Nadvi

Pub.By: Nadvatul Ulama Lucknow (u.p)

Following Lessons

6

(1) Kisratum minal Khubzi. (2) Eyaadatul Mareezi (3 )Al keemiyau (4) yaomun Saaifun (5) An Nazafatu (6) Kun Ahadas sab-ati ( i) (7) Kun Ahadas sab-ati (ii)

2 Qaseeda-e-Burdah (Poetry)

By:Imam Boosary

Pub.By:Azeem Book Depo Deoband (u.p)

Chapter No.5.

3. Mukhtasar Tareekh-e- Adabiyat-e-Arabi

By: Dr.syed Abul Fazl Pub.By:Deccan

Traders Book Seller

& Publisher 23-2-378, Moghalpura, Hyderabad.

Chapter No.III 1st & 2nd period (daur) 4 The Holy Quraan. Pub.By:Taj Company

Mumbai Suratul Alaq



2) Summary from first text with choice 2x7½ = 15

3) R.C. from first text with choice 3x5 = 15

4) Appreciation of verses from second text 2 out of 2x7½ = 15 3


6) Question on Sura 1x10 = 10

----

80

7

5. Basic - Urdu:

B. Sc III SEMESTER

URDU BASIC (MIL)


Paper III: Prose, Poetry & Science Essays

Scheme of Teaching: Duration 16 weeks, 5 hours/week

Prescribed Text books

I. KARWAN-E-ADAB (Detailed Text book)

Ed by: Dr. Sayed Sanaulla

Published by: Nasheman Publishers Near

Ikhlas English School 2nd

Stage RML Nagar

Shimoga.

PROSE: (First 5 lessons only)

1. Binte Bahadur Shah- Khwaja Hasan Nizami 2. Khutoot-e-Ghalib- Mirza Ghalib 3. Kafan- Premchand 4. Faiz Ahmed- Mujtaba hussain

5. Savere jo kal meri aankh khuli- Patras

POEMS:

1. Qaidkhane ki raat- Mir Anees

2. Ata Dal- Nazeer Akbar Abadi 3. Jadeed Taraqiyaat- Haali

4. Zamana- Allama Iqbal

8

GAZALS:

1. Piya Baaj pyala- Mh. Quli Qutub Shah 2. Hasti Apni- Mir Taqi Meer

3. Layi Hayat- Ibrahim Zouq

4. Badhao- na Aapas- Hali

5. Chupke- Chupke- Hasrat Mohani

II. JADEED-ILM-E-SCIENCE

By: Wazarat Hussain Pub By: Educational Book

House, Aligarh 202002

(Following lessons only)

Lesson no. 6, 7, 8 & 9

(Page No- 131 – 197)

9

6. Basic Sanskrit:

Bsc Part –II Basic – Samskrit

Third Semester

Teaching Hours : 5 Hours per week

xÉÑlÉÏÌiÉ xÉÑkÉÉÌlÉÍkÉÈ

Exam Marks : 80+20=100 of 3 hours Duration

Text : xÉÑlÉÏÌiÉ xÉÑkÉÉÌlÉÍkÉÈ (112 Verses)Mahatee Publication Dharwad 1

1.

(lÉmÉÑÇxÉMüvÉoSÉÈ)

: 70

Marks

–

2. Grammer : 10 Marks

3. Internal Assessment : 20 Marks

1. Internal Test 14

2. Assignment, Class Records Skill

Development – 06 Total 100 Marks

Bsc Part –II

Basic – Samskrit


Third Semester

1. Select the correct answer (any ten out of twelve) 10 Marks

2. Translate & explain (any three out of six) 15 Marks 3. Explain with reference to context (any four out 16 Marks

of six)

4. Essay type question (with internal choice) 14 Marks

5. Short notes (any three out of five) 15 Marks

6. Grammar (Neuter genders) 10 Marks

Total 80 Marks

10

7. Basic - Persian:

III Semester BSc

Scheme of teaching(5 hours per week)

Modern Prose...

1. Prescribed textbook


Rah-E-Nu Hussain

Kazim

zada. Textbook

Sukh-ne-naw by Dr.Gulam Sarwar

Pub:-Educational book house Muslim university market Aligarh(U.P).

Classical Poetry…

2. Prescribed textbook


Rubiyat

Qta-E-Yat.

Textbook

Nisab-E-Farsi by Dr.Aaftab Akhtar Razvi and Prof M.M. Jalali

Pub:-Shanaz publishing Shamat ganj Barelli(U.P)

11


1. Total marks-100 Theory -80 marks Internal test Assessment 17 and

attendance 3 marks=20.

2. In each paper two tests shall be conducted for the award of Internal

Assessment marks, and each of one hour duration for a maximum of

20 marks reduced to 17 later. First test shall be conducted in 8th

week and 2nd

test in 12th

week of respective semester. The

Average marks obtained in the two tests for 17 marks shall be

taken as final Internal Assessment Marks test component.


Q1.Multiple choice questions 1*10=10

Q2.Essay type questions from the text 3*05=15

Q3.Questions on R.C from the text 3*05=15

Q4.Translation & Explanation from the text 3*05=15

Q5.Summary of the Passage/Poem from

the text with choice 1*15=15

Q6.Short notes with choice

(On the history of Persian Literature) 2*05=10

12

8. Basic - Hindi

Syllabus for B.Sc./B.C.A - III & IV Semesters from the academic year 2017-18 onwards-

B.Sc. III rd

Semester Basic: Hindi

1) Examination : a) One Paper carrying 80 Marks and 3 hours of Duration.

b) Internal Assessment Marks 20

2) Teaching : 5 hours per week

3) Course :1) Drama

2) Translation – From Kannada/English in to Hindi

4) Distribution of Marks

I Objective type of Questions 10/14 10 Marks

II Annotations from Drama 2/4 10 Marks

III General questions based on Drama2/4 30 Marks

IV Short Notes on Drama 3/5 15 Marks

V Translation 15 Marks

Total 80 Marks


Total 100 Marks

13

Text Books-

1) Drama ( ) MARKS: 65

: श

ण शण

७/३१ , द , ई द - ११०००२

2) TRANSLATION ( द ) MARKS: 15

Reference Books

1. शऔ : 2. द :ब च

3. शऔ : श 4. : ण:

5. – श: द

द औ 6. : . ण 7. द : 8. द :

9. द , औ : ण

14

Group – II


Science Subjects: (any three subject of equal importance to be chosen as per

the grouping given by Rani Channamma University, Belagavi) DETAILED SYLLABUS OF FOLLOWING PAPERS WITH PRACTICALS

1. BOTANY (optional)

B.Sc. III Semester (w.e.f: 2018 – 19) and onwards. Subject: BOTANY (optional)

Paper-: Diversity of Cryptogams (Algae, Fungi, Bryophytes, Pteridophytes, Gymnosperms). 52 Hrs Unit I: Algae 10 hrs. General characters, Pigmentation, Classification by Fritsch (up to class level). Distribution, thallus structure, reproduction and life cycle of Nostoc, Volvox, Oedogonium, Sargassum and Batrachospermum. Economic importance. Unit II: Fungi 08 hrs. General characters, Classification (Alexopoulus’s system). Distribution, Structure, Reproduction and life cycle of Albugo, Rhizopus, Penicillium and Puccinia. Economic importance of fungi. General account of lichens. Unit III: Plant Pathology 06 hrs. General account of Bacteria and Viruses. Introduction and general symptoms of plant diseases. Symptoms, Pathogens and control measures of Late blight of potato, White rust of crucifers, Tikka disease of ground nut. Unit IV: Bryophytes 06 hrs. General characters, Classification (Smith). Structure, reproduction and schematic life cycle of Riccia, Anthoceros and Funaria. (Developmental details are not expected). Evolution of sporophytes. Unit V: Ptredophytes 10 hrs. General characters and classification. Distribution, Structure (External and Internal) and Reproduction of Psilotum, Selaginella, Equisetum and Nephrolepis (Developmental details are not expected). Stelar evolution. Heterospory and seed habit Unit VI: Gymnosperms 08 hrs. General characters and classification. Distribution, Structure (External and Internal) and Reproduction of Cycas, Pinus and Gnetum(Developmental details are not expected). Unit VII: Paleobotany 04 hrs. Geological time scale, fossilization-molds, Impression, Petrification and cast. Study of fossils - Calamitis, Lepidodendron, Lygenopteris.

15

B.Sc. III Semester PRACTICALS Total number of hours per week: 04, Internal Assessment=10 Marks, Max Marks: 40 Marks

1. Vegetative and reproductive structures of Nostoc, Volvox and Oedogonium. 2. Vegetative and reproductive structures of Sargassum and Batrachospermum

3. Vegetative, reproductive structures and disease symptoms of Albugo, Rhizopus and

Penicillium. 4. Vegetative, reproductive structures and disease symptoms of Puccinia. Lichens 5. Study of Vegetative and Reproductive structures of Riccia, Anthoceros and Funeria. 6. Study of Vegetative and Reproductive structures of Psilotum and Selaginella. 7. Study of Vegetative and Reproductive structures of Equisetum and Nephrolepis. 8. Study of Vegetative and Reproductive structures of Cycas, Pinus and Gnetum. 9. Disease symptoms and control measures of Late blight of potato, Black rust of

Wheat, Tikka disease of ground nut. 10. Paleobotany- Study of fossils Lepidodendron, Calamitis, Lygenopteris. 11. Field visits.

Suggested Readings: Smith G.M.1971 vol 1 Algae and fungi. Tata McGraw HILL Publishing company New Delhi Sharma O.P. 1992 Text book of thallophytes McGraw Hill Publication Sharma P.D. 1991 The fungi Rastogi and Co Meerut Dubey H.C.1990An Introduction to Fungi Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd Dehli Clifton, A 1958 Introduction to Bacteria McGraw Hill and Co New York Basu A.N.1993 Essentials of plant viruses, vectors plant diseases New Age International New Dehli. Chopra G.L. A text book of algae Rastogi and co Meerut Rangaswami G 1998 Diseases of crop plants in India. Prentice Hall of India New Delhi. Sunderrajan S 1997 College Botany Vol 1. S. Chand and Co Ltd New Dehli Alexopoulus, 1992 An Introduction to Mycology. New Age International. New Dehli Vashista B.R. 1978 Fungi. S. Chand and co. Ltd. New Delhi

B.Sc. III Semester

Botany Practical Examination

Time: 4 Hours Max Marks: 40

Q1: Identify and classify specimens A, B, C giving reasons. 09 marks Q2: Identify and explain the internal structures of specimen D and E with the neat labelled diagrams

(Show the preparation to the examiner) 10 marks Q 3: Identify & describe the salient features in the slides/ specimens E, F, G, H, I and J 12 marks Q4: Identify & describe the salient features in the fossil specimen K. 03 marks

Journal 04 marks Field visit report 03 marks

16

B.Sc III Semester Practical Examination Subject: Botany

Instructions to Examiners. Q.1. Specimens A, B, C, 09 marks

(One each from Algae, Fungi, Bryophyte specimens mentioned in practical syllabus. Identification -01 mark, classification-1 mark, salient features- 1 mark

Q. 2. Specimens D and E. 10 marks (One each from Pterdophytes and Gymnosperms. Identification -1 mark, Preparation & description – 2 marks, diagram-2 marks).

Q.3.Specimen F, G, H, I, J and K 12 marks (One each from Algae, Fungi, Bryophytes, Pteridophytes, Gymnosperms and Pathology- Identification-1/2 mark, description-1 and 1/2 marks).

Q.4. Fossil Specimen/ Slide L 2 marks (Identification ½ mark, description -1.5 marks)

Journal 4 marks Field visit report 3 marks

B.Sc.III Semester Theory Examination Sub: BOTANY Pattern of Question Paper

Time: 03 hours Max. Marks: 80 All questions are compulsory Q. I Answer any ten out of twelve (01 to 12 sub questions) 10 X 2 = 20 From Unit I Algae: 03 Sub questions, From Unit II Fungi: 02 Sub questions, From Unit III Pathology: 01 Sub question, From Unit IV Bryophytes: 01 Sub question, From Unit V Pteridophytes: 03 Sub questions, From Unit VI Gymnosperms: 01 Sub question, From Unit VII Paleobotany: 01 Sub question. Q.II. Answer any six out of eight (13 to 20 sub questions) 6X 5 = 30 From Unit I Algae: 02 Sub questions, From Unit II Fungi: 01 Sub question, From Unit III Pathology: 01 Sub question, From Unit IV Bryophytes: 01 Sub question, From Unit V Pteridophytes: 01 Sub question, From Unit VI Gymnosperms: 01 Sub question, From Unit VII Paleobotany: 01 Sub question. Q. III Descriptive Answers. 21. From Unit I Algae OR From Unit II Fungi 1 X 10 = 10 22. From Unit V Bryophytes OR From Unit V Pteridophytes 1 X 10 = 10 23. From V Pteridophytes OR From VI Gymnosperms 1 X 10 = 10

Note: - Minor changes in the Question Paper Pattern is permitted, with respect to the teaching hours allotted for each topic.

* * * * * * *

17


(w.e.f 2018-19)

BT: 3.1 – MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY

Total hours allotted: 50

PART A – MICROBIOLOGY Total hours allotted: 25

1. Introduction and scope of Microbiology: Historical perspective, importance and

scope of microbiology as a modern Science, Branches of microbiology.

(02Hrs)

2. Microbial techniques: (06Hrs)

A) Sterilization:

Physical, chemical and radiation method of sterilization, principle and application.

B) Microscopy:

Phase contrast and electron microscope.

C) Stains and staining techniques:

Principles of staining, types of staining- Simple, Differential and structural

Staining concept.

3. Ultra structure of Viruses and Bacteria:

A. VIRUSES – Structure and classification Plant Viruses – CaMV Animal Viruses –

Hepatitis B Bacterial Viruses – Lambda phage B. BACTERIA – Ultra structure of a

bacterial cell, cell wall, endospore and capsule (06Hrs)

4. Culture of microorganisms: (04Hrs)

Culture media, types of culture media, isolation of microorganisms by

Different methods, preservation and maintenance of culture.

5. Microbial growth: (03Hrs)

Nutritional requirements of microorganisms, Bacterial growth curve,

Factors affecting growth

7. Pathogenic microorganisms: (04Hrs)

a) Bacterial diseases of man- Tetanus, Tuberculosis and Cholera.

b) Viral disease – AIDS (HIV).

18

PART B – IMMUNOLOGY 25 hrs

1. Introduction to immunology: History and scope of Immunology. (02Hrs)

2. Immunity: (04Hrs)

Types of immunity – Innate, Active, Passive and Acquired, Humoral and Cell

Mediated Immunity.

3. Cells of immune system: Lymphoid cells, T & B lymphocytes (04hrs)

4. Organs of immune system: (02Hrs)

Bone marrow, Thymus, Lymph node and spleen.

5. Antigens: (02Hrs)

Types, Haptenes, Epitopes, Paratopes, Effector Phase, and Blood group

Antigens.

6. Antibodies (Immunoglobins): (04Hrs)

Structure, theory of antibody formation, types, properties and functions of

Immunoglobins and MHC.

7. Antigens- Antibody reactions: (04Hrs)

Mechanism of precipitation, Agglutination, Complement fixation,

8. Immuno-blotting techniques: Immuno-Fluorescence, RIA and ELISA. (03Hrs)

BIT: 3.2 MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY

1. Safety measures in microbiology laboratory.

2. Cleaning and sterilization of glassware’s.

3. Study of instruments: Compound microscope, Autoclave, pH, laminar airflow and

centrifuge.

4. Media preparation: Nutrient agar, Nutrient broth and Potato dextrose agar.

5. Isolation of bacteria and fungi from soil, air and water-dilution and pour plate

method.

6. Inoculation techniques: stab, point, streak, pour plate and spread plate.

7. Bacterial staining technique – Simple and Differential (Gram’s).

8. Counting of microorganism – Total count (Haemocytometer).

9. Biochemical tests: Starch hydrolysis, Catalase, Gelatin liquification.

10. Antibiotic sensitivity test – Paper disc method.

11. Preparation of serum.

12. Total RBC and WBC count.

13. Estimation of hemoglobin content in blood.

14. Demonstration of ELISA and RIA.

15. Diagnosis of infectious disease by immunoassay Widal test for Typhoid and

Wassermann

Reaction for syphilis.

16. Rocket Electrophoresis.

19

References:

MICROBIOLOGY

1. Ananthanarayanan, R. Jakarta Panikar, C.K.1997: textbook of microbiology.

Orient Longman Chennai

2. Aneja, K.R.1997: Experiments in Microbiology Plant Pathology and tissue

culture.

3. Atlas, R.M. 1998: Microbiology, Fundamentals and applications 2nd Edition

McMillan Publishing Co.New York.

4. Auro, P.T. Kapoor, K. K. Yadav, K.S. 1996: An introduction to Microbiology,

New Age International Pvt. Ltd.

5. Gerharot, P.Murry, R.G Wood, W.A. and kreig, N.R 1994: Methods for

general and molecular bacteriology, American Socitey for Microbiological

Washington DC.

6. Kumar, H.D. and Swati kumar 1998: Modern Concept of Microbiology, Vikas

Publishing House Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi

7. Pecleczar Jr., M.,J. Chan, E.U. and kreig, , N.R 1993 : Microbiology McGraw

Hill Inc. New York.

8. Prescott, L.M.Harley, J.P. and Kiein, D.A. 1996: Microbiology WMC Brown

Publisher.

9. Purohit S.S.1997-98: Microbiology, Agrobotanica Bikaner.

10. Schlegal H.G. 1993: General Microbiology, 7th Ed., Cambridge University

Press.

11. Sharma P.D.2001: microbiology, Rastogi Publication, Meerut.

12. Stainer. R.Y., Ingraham, J.L.,Wheelis, M.L., and Painter P.R. 1992: General

microbiology, Mcmillian Publication Ltd., London.

13. Sundarajan S.1999, College microbiology, Vardhanan Publication, Bangalore.

14. Modern concept of Microbiology: H.D. Kumar & Swati Kumar

15. A text book of Microbiology: Dubey & Maheshwari

16. Microbial ecology fundamentals and application: Atlas Bartha

17. Fundamentals of Microbiology & Immunology: A.K.Banerjee,Nirmalya

Banerjee

18. General Microbiology Vol. I & II-Power & Dangiwala

19. Microbiology, Prescott, Harley & Klein.

20. Alcamo’s Fundamental of Microbiology, (2004); Pommerville et al.

20

21. Microbiology (1996); Prescott, Harley & Klein

22. Microbiology (2004); Tortora,F.

23. Foundation in Microbiology (1996);Talaro & Talora.

24. Food Microbiology (2004); Adam , M.R.

25. Principles of Microbiology (1994); Atlas,R.M.

26. Pharmaceuticals Microbiology (2003); Purohit & Saluja.

27. Microbiology: A Lab Manual, Cappuccino et al.

28. Brock Biology of Microbiology, Martinko,M.T & Parker,J.

29. Microbial Biotechnology (1998) Glazer & Nikaido

IMMUNOLOGY:

1. Abbas A.K., Litchman A.H and Pber J.S.1994: Cellular and molecular

immunology, 2nd edition , W.C.Brown Publishers.

2. Abdul.K.Abbas, Litchman A.H and Pber J.S.2000: Cellular and molecular

immunology, 4th edition ,W.C. Brown Publishers.

3. Charles A.Janeway, Paul Travers, Mark Walport,2001: Immunology, Garland

publishing, New York.

4. Cobman. R.M., Lambard M.F., and Sieard R.E.1992: Fundamental

immunology, 2nd Edition, W.C.Brown Publishers.

5. Eli Benjamin, Richard Coiro, Gerfferey Sunshine, Hyde R.m.1992,

Immunology, 2nd edition, Willeans and Wilkins Baltimore.

6. Essentials of Immunology – Roitt

7. Immunology – a short course, 4th edn, Wiley liss.

8. Immunology 3rd Ed. (1997) – Kuby J.

9. Immunology – An Introduction (2004) –Tizard, I.R., Thompson Pub.

10. Immunology – Roitt.

11. Jack Chirikjiou 1995: Biotechnology, theory and techniques, Plant

biotechnology, Animal cell culture,

12. Immunobiotechnology (Vol I) Jones and Barlet Publishers, 40 Tall Pine

Driver, studbury.

13. Joshi K.R. and Osama N.O. 1998 Immunology Agro Botanica Bikoner.

14. Richard A.Gldsby, Thomas J, Kindth Barbara 2000: Immunobiology,

W.H.Freeman and company, NewYork.

15. Tiyard Fon R 1992: Immunology- an introduction, Philadelphia, Saunder

college Publishing.

21

16. Warren L.Ernest, 1994: Medical microbiology and immunology ( 4th Edn),

Appletal and Lange,Staford.

17. William E.Paul 1989: fundamental Immunology, 2nd Edn., Rav Prew, New

York.

18. William R.Calrk 1991 : the experimental foundation of modern immunology,

4th edn., John Wiley and Son, New York.

19. Principle & Practice of Immunoassay 2nd Ed. – Christopher & David

20. Principles of Immunology: Shastri

21. Fundamentals of Microbiology & Immunology : Banerjee& Banerjee

22. Biotechnology : Mohan P.Arora

23. Immunology : Rao

24. Biotechnology : Satyanarayan

RANI CHANNAMA UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI.

B.Sc Biotechnology Practical Examination

III Semester –3.2 Microbiology & Immunology

Time: 04 hrs Max. Marks – 40

Q.No I. Estimate the amount of Hemoglobin / RBC / WBC / Explain the principle &

Procedure.

15 Marks

Q No.II. Make a temporary stained Preparation from the given sample; add a note on

principle & procedure/Counting of microorganisms

10 Marks

Q. No.III. Write the Principle & Application of Rocket Electrophoresis / ELISA /

RIA / Laminar air flow / PH meter / Centrifuge / Autoclave / Hot air oven.

05 Marks

Q.No.IV. Journal 05 Marks

Q.No.V. Viva –voce 05 Marks

22


Biotechnology

B.Sc. Biotechnology Theory Question Paper Pattern Time: 3 Hrs Max. Marks: 80 Q.No.I. Answer any TEN of the following 2X10= 20 1)

2)

3)

4)

5)

6)

7)

8)

9)

10)

11)

12) Q.NO.II Answer any FOUR of the following 4X5= 20 13)

14)

15)

16)

17)

18)

Q.No.III. Answer any FOUR of the following 4X10= 40 19)

20)

21)

22)

23)

23

3. CHEMISTRY (Optional)


INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Metallurgy 09 hours Review of steps involved in metallurgical process, thermodynamic concepts of selection of reducing agents using Ellingham diagrams, relative efficiency of carbon and carbon monoxide as reducing agent. Reducing agents for Chromic oxide and zinc oxide. Extraction of nickel by Mond's process, lead by carbon reduction process, aluminum from bauxite. Powder metallurgy - Production of tungsten powder from wolframite. Solvents 04 hours Types, properties of good solvents, non-aqueous solvents - Liquid NH3 and liquid HF, (properties like solvation, acid-base, redox, complex formation and precipitation), w ater as universal solvent, leveling effect. Acids and Bases 04 hours Arrhenius, Bronsted-Lowry, Lux-Flood, solvent system and Lewis concepts of acids and bases. Hard and soft acids and bases(HSAB) - classification of acids and bases as hard and soft, Pearson's HSAB concept,

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Orientation 03 hours Review of inductive, electromeric, resonance and hyperconjugation effects, activating and deactivating groups, orientation of substituent in aromatic compounds with different functional groups like –OH, -NH2, -Cl, -NO2, -CH3, and -COOH in halogenation and nitration reactions (only electronic interpretation) Alcohols 04 hours Introduction and nomenclature of dihydric and trihydric alcohols, preparation of glycol from ethene, oxidative cleavage of ethylene glycol with lead tetra acetate and per iodic acid, pinacol–pinacolone rearrangement, preparation of glycerol from propene, synthesis and uses of nitroglycerine, composition and uses of dynamite and cordite, distinction between primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols by Lucas reagent.

24

Phenols 04 hours Classification and nomenclature, acidic character of phenol compared to alcohol and cyclohexenol, mechanism of Fries rearrangement, Claisen rearrangement, Elbs persulphate oxidation and Lederer-Manasse reaction, synthesis and uses of n-hexyl resorcinol and picric acid, structure and uses of dettol. Organometallic compounds 02 hours Synthesis of methyl magnesium iodide and its synthetic applications in the preparation of alcohols(primary, secondary and tertiary) aldehyde, ketone, ester, carboxylic acid, amines and alkanes. Organo-lithium compounds: Preparation of Lithium dialkylcuprate and synthesis of higher alkane from it.

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

Colligative properties 07 hours Raoult’s law, concept of lowering of vapour pressure, elevation of boiling point, depression in freezing point and osmotic pressure, derivation of Kb and Kf by thermodynamic treatment, experimental determination of molecular weight by –Landsberger’s method, Beckmann’s method, Berkely and Hartley method. Numerical problems. Infrared spectroscopy 03 hours Principle, types of vibrations, identification of following organic compounds by stretching frequencies–Alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, benzene, aldehydes, ketone, alcohol, thiols, acids, esters, amines, problems based on molecular formula and stretching frequency. Second law of thermodynamics 10 hours Statement, cyclic process, Carnot’s cycle, heat engine and its efficiently, Carnot’s theorem, entropy and its significance, entropy changes in reversible and irreversible process for ideas gases, free energy, dependence of free energy on pressure and temperature, Gibb’s–Helmholtz equation, Clausius-Clapeyron equation and its applications, problems on above, partial molal quantities, chemical potential of on ideal gas.

25

REFERENCE BOOKS Inorganic chemistry 01. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Gurdeep Raj 02. Basic Inorganic Chemistry Alber Cotton and Wilkinson 03. Inorganic Chemistry James Huheey 04. Modern Inorganic Chemistry R.D. Madan 05. Inorganic Chemistry J.D. Lee Organic chemistry 01. Organic Spectroscopy P.S.Kalsi 02. Organic Spectroscopy Y. R. Sharma 03. Organic Chemistry I.L. Finar, Vol-I 04. Synthetic Organic Chemistry Gurdeep Chatwal Physical chemistry 01. Physical Chemistry Puri and Sharma 02. Physical Chemistry P.L. Soni 03. Physical Chemistry Roberty A. Alberty 04. Physical Chemistry M. V. Sangaranarayanam a n d V. Mahadevan 05. Physical Chemistry Atkins 06. Physical Chemistry Bahl, Madan and Tuli

26

B.Sc. III SEMESTER CHEMISTRY PRACTICALS

Total number of hours per week: 04 Internal Assessment=10 Marks Total No. of hours per Semester: 52 Practicals: 40 Marks A. Physical Chemistry Experiments (Non-instrumental)

01. To study the effect of acid strength on hydrolysis of methyl acetate using HCl and H2SO4.

02. a) To determine the rate constant of second order reaction KI+K2S2O8 (a=b) b) Effect of concentration on rate constant of second order reaction.

03. Adsorption of acetic acid on animal charcoal.

04. a) Determination of surface tension and parachor of benzene series. b) Determination of surface tension and parachor of alcohol series.

05. Determination of viscosity of liquids of Ostwald‘s method.

06. Determination of viscosity of binary liquid mixtures and finding the percentage composition unknown.

07. To study distribution of iodine or benzoic acid between water and benzene.

08. Determination of equilibrium constant of distribution of iodine between KI and CCl4.

09. Determination of molecular weight of urea by Landbergers method.

10. Determination of degree of dissociation of KCl by Landbergers method.

27

4. COMPUTER SCIENCE (Optional) W.E.F – 2018-19

17BScCSCT31: Digital Logic and Computer Design

Teaching Hours: 4 Hrs/week Marks: Main Exam: 80

IA: 20

Objectives. To provide understanding of the basic principles of digital computers.

Expected Learning Outcomes:

1) Students will understand how computer systems work and its underlying principles

2) Students will understand the basics of digital electronics

UNIT I 10Hrs

Digital Systems and Binary Numbers: Digital Systems, Number systems and base conversions,

Representation of signed Binary Numbers, Binary codes, binary logic.

UNIT II 10Hrs

Boolean Algebra: Introduction to Boolean Algebra, Axioms and Laws of Boolean Algebra, Boolean

functions, Canonical and Standard Forms.

Gate – Level Minimization: The Map method, Two, Three, Four Variable K-map’s, Don’t Care Conditions,

NAND and NOR implementation, Exclusive OR function.

UNIT III

10Hrs Combinational Logic: Combinational logic circuits, analysis and design

procedure, Binary adder and subtractor, decimal adder, binary multiplier, Magnitude

comparator, Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers.

UNIT IV 10Hrs

Synchronous Sequential Logic: Sequential circuits, Latches, Flip Flops, SR, JK, T, D

Flip Flops, Flip Flop excitation tables.

Registers and Counters: Registers, Shift registers, Ripple counters, Synchronous

counters, Other counters.

28

UNIT V 10Hrs

Memory and Programmable Logic : Random access memory, memory decoding, error detection and

correction, Read-Only memory, Programmable logic array, Programmable array logic, sequential

programmable devices.

References:

1. M. M. Moris and Michael D. Ciletti, Digital Design, 5th

Edition, Pearson.

2. M. Moris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, 4th Edition, Pearson. 3. Paul Malvino, Digital Principles and Applications by Leach, 57th Edition, Tata McGrawHill.

Additional Reading:

4. Charles H.Roth, Fundamentals of Digital Logic Design, 5th Edition, Cengage

5. G.K. Kharate, Digital Electronics, Oxford University Press

6. A. Anand Kumar, Switching Theory and Logic Design, 2nd Edition, PHI.

17BScCSCT32: Programming Lab- Digital Logic

Practical Hours: 4 Hrs/week Marks: Main exam: 40

IA: 10

1. For the following functions, construct a truth table and draw a circuit diagram.

1. y(A,B) = (AB)' + B'

2. y(A,B,C) = (A + B)' C

3. y(A,B,C) = (AC)' + BC

4. y(A,B,C) = (A B)C'

5. y(A,B) = A' + B

6. y(A,B,C) = ((A+B)'(B+C)')'

2. Study and verify the truth table of various logic gates

NOT, AND, OR, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, and EX-NOR

3. Simplify Boolean expressions and realize it.

4. Verification of Boolean Theorems using basic gates.

5. Design a 4-input NAND gate using two 2-input NAND gates and one 2-input NOR gate. Hint: Use DeMorgan's law

6. Construct the K-map for each of the following functions

(a) f(A,B,C) = AB + A'BC' + AB'C

(b) g(A,B,C) = A'C + ABC + AB'

29

(c) h(A,B,C,D) = A'BC' + (A B)C + A'B'CD' + ABC

7. For g(A,B,C) = A'C + ABC + AB', design the circuit for the minimal SOP expression found in problem 4 using just NAND gates and inverters. Label the pinouts on the circuit diagram. Build the circuit and demonstrate the working circuit.

8. For the functions listed below, construct a K-map and determine the minimal SOP expression. a. f(a,b,c) = a'b'c' + a'bc' + abc' + abc

b. g(a,b,c) = ab'c' + abc' + abc + don't cares(a'bc + ab'c) Build the circuit required for (b).

9. Design and verify a half/full adder

10. Design and verify half/full subtractor

11. Design a 4 bit magnitude comparator using combinational circuits.

12. Design and verify the operation of flip-flops using logic gates.

13. A two bit counter is to be built that will count forward, 00 → 01 → 10 → 11 → 00, when a logical input is set high and counts in reverse order when it is low.

(a) Draw the state transition diagram for this state machine.

(b) Assuming a state machine were to be built using D flip-flops, determine the value of the next state for each of the flip-flops.

14. Verify the operation of a counter.

15. Verify the operation of a 4 bit shift register 16. Using SPIM, write and test an adding machine program that repeatedly reads in integers and adds

them into a running sum. The program should stop when it gets an input that is 0, printing out the sum at that point.

17. Using SPIM, write and test a program that reads in a positive integer using the SPIM system calls. If the integer is not positive, the program should terminate with the message “Invalid Entry”; otherwise the program should print out the names of the digits of the integers, delimited by exactly one space. For example, if the user entered “128,” the output would be “One Two Eight.”

Any open source simulator like Logisim https://sourceforge.net/projects/circuit/) can be used.

SPIM is a self-contained simulator that will run MIPS R2000/R3000 assembly language programs. (Available at https://sourceforge.net/projects/spimsimulator)

Any other simulator can be used for performing experiments.

Breadboards may be used to realize logic gates

https://sourceforge.net/projects/circuit/

https://sourceforge.net/projects/spimsimulator

30

5.ELECTRONICS (Optional)

SEMESTER –III

w.e.f – 2018-19


ELE -3 OSCILLATORS , OP AMP & NETWORKS

UNIT – I: OSCILLATORS

Concept of feedback. Derivation of Transfer gain with feedback. Types of feedback -

positive & negative feedback. Effect of negative feedback on gain, input impedance, output

impedance, distortion, noise and bandwidth(qualitative).Positive feedback, Basic principle of

oscillators – tank circuit Barkhausen criterion for sustained oscillations - L.C. Oscillators: Hartley

& Colpitt’s, RC oscillators: Phase shift oscillator and Wienbridge oscillator determination of

frequencies in each case.


UNIT – II: OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER

Qualitative study of Differential Amplifier, four modes of Differential Amplifier, Basic information

of Op-amp (Types of IC Manufactures designations Package Types, Temperature ranges and pin

identifications etc.,), block diagram of Op-amp, ideal version of operational amplifier. Op-amp as

inverting & non-inverting amplifier (open loop), Operational amplifier parameters input offset

voltage, input offset current, input bias current, Total output offset voltage Thermal drift, CMRR

and Slew Rate Explanation of voltage offset null circuit for 741. Concept of virtual ground. Voltage

series (non-inverting) and Voltage-shunt (Inverting) negative feedback circuits derivation of voltage

gain input resistance, output resistance bandwidth and Total output offset voltage.


UNIT – III: APPLICATIONS OF OP-AMPLIFIER

Opamp adder, Subtractor. Current to Voltage converter and Voltage to Current converter circuits,

Low voltage DC voltmeter, Integrator, Differentiator, Qualitative study of op-amp as comparator.

Peaking amplifier.

Active filters(first order only). ; Design and study of low-pass and high-pass,

Qualitative study of IC- 555 Timer and its use in monostable and astable multivibrator.


31

UNIT – IV : LAPLACE TRANSFORMATION

Singularity functions and it’s LT. Properties of Laplace transformation (Linearity, Scale Changing,

Differentiation, integration and initial and final value theorems)

Inverse Laplace transform: method of residues Heavyside formula. Applications of Laplace

transform to solve simple differential equations and electrical network problems.


UNIT – V : NET WORK SYNTHESIS

Introduction, Positive real functions, Conditional tests for positive real functions Properties of

Positive Real functions, Hurwitz Polynomials and elementary synthesis procedure for RL and RC

networks with use of Fosters and Cauer’s type of realization.


Reference Books:

1. Electronics theory and Applications - S.L Kakani and K.C.Bhandari.

2. Electronics fundamentals and applications -D.Chattopadhyayand

P.C.Rakshit

3. Principles of electronics - B.V.Narayana Rao Vol –III

4. Electronics Devices and circuits - David.A.Bell 4th

edition

5. Operational Amplifier and Linear Integrated circuits - Ramakant A Gaykawad

6. Linear Integrated circuits -D.Roy Choudhary and S Jain

7. Op-amp and Linear Integrated circuits - Coughlin & Drischoll

8. Network Analysis M.E.Van Velkenburg, PHI Pub

9. Network Synthesis M.E.Van Velkenburg, PHI Pub

10. Circuits and networks Analysis and Synthesis A Sudhakar and SP.Shymmohan TMH, Pub

32

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Lab – 3:

Each experiment is of four hours duration. Minimum EIGHT experiments are to be performed in the

semester course

1. Hartley oscillator

2. Phase shift oscillator

3. Collpitt’s oscillator

4. Study of Operational amplifier Parameters

5. Inverting op-amp ( ac / dc for determination of gain).

6. Non-inverting op-amp ( ac / dc for determination of gain).

7. Op-amp as Adder and Substractor ( dc only).

8. Op-amp as integrator

9. Op-amp as Differentiator

10. IC 555 as astable multivibrators

11. IC 555 as monostable multivibrators

12. Low voltage DC Voltmeter using op-amp

13. Op amp as peaking amplifier

14. Op amp as low pass/ high pass filter

33

6. Geography (Optional)




Teaching Internal

Total Duration

Sem.

Title of the Paper Hours

Marks Assessment of

Marks

per Week

Marks (IA)

Examination

Theory Paper – III 05 80 20 100 3 hours

III Regional Geography of Karnataka 04 40 10 50 4 hours

Practical Paper - III

Interpretation of SOI Topographical Maps

REGULATION AND SCHEME OF INSTRUCTIONS

Regulations governing three years Semesterized, Bachelor Degree Programmes

of Rani Channamma University, Belagavi (framed under Section 44(1)

(c) of the K.S.U. Act 2000) and on par with CBSE with the effect from 2015-16

onwards.

I. Goals & Objectives:

The following aims have been kept in view while designing the syllabus of

Bachelor’s Degree Programme (B.A/B. Sc) in Geography as one of the optional

subject.

1. To bring the geographical awareness among the students.

2. To provide a fundamentals of spatial information of the earth surface.

3. To train promising learners to teach geography effectively at various levels in the

educational institutions.

4. To train and provide information related to spatial and regional level

of planning.

5. To provide adequate geographical knowledge and skills as needed for the

competitive examinations.

6. Organizing the professional tours for every year to cultivate research culture among

the students.

34

II. Admission Criteria:

A candidate should have passed PUC/10+2 with Geography as one of the subject

is eligible to choose Geography as one of the optional subjects at the under Graduate

Course. The candidate should have obtained at least 40 per cent of marks in Geography

as well as aggregate marks. Relaxation in respect of SC/ST etc will be followed as per the

prevailing rules of the university. Other rules for admission are as per the university

notification from time to time.

III. Medium of Instruction:

The medium instruction shall be English, however, the student’s are allowed to

write the examination in Kannada Medium.

IV. Attendance:

A minimum of 75% of attendance in each semester (both theory and practical) is

compulsory.

V. Scheme of Instruction:

1. The M.A/M.Sc Master’s Degree holders in Geography can only teach the

subject at UG Level.

2. Geography as an optional subject at Under Graduate (UG) Level, which consists of six

semesters, it includes eight theory papers and eight practical papers. There will be one

theory paper and one practical paper in the each semester i.e. Ist, IInd, IIIrd, and IVth

semesters. Whereas in the Vth and VIth semesters, there will be two theory papers and

two practicals each of 100 and 50 marks respectively. The duration of teaching hours

for the theory paper will be five (05) hours per week and the duration of teaching hours

for practical paper will be four (04) hours per week in each semester. Each theory

paper will have 5 modules/units (divided into chapters/units). The duration of each

semester is being 16 weeks excluding examination period.

3. The Practical’s are to be conducted in separate batches. Each batch consists of 15

students with one teacher, for 16-27 students with two teachers. In case, if student

number is below 15 is also considered as one batch with one

35

teacher. Each batch (depends on the number of students) must be supervised by

one/two teachers for giving instructions, supervision of practical’s and correction of

journal/records.

VI. Scheme of Theory Examinations:

1. Theory course shall carry 100 marks of which 80 marks allotted for semester end

examination and 20 marks for internal assessment (IA) that will be carried out as

per the university norms.

2. Each theory course will have a question paper of 3 hours duration and the

maximum of 80 marks. Minimum marks to pass in each paper of theory are 40

percent.

3. There shall be three sections in every theory question papers viz. A. B. & C.

Section A shall have 12 questions of each 2 marks and candidate have to attempt

10 questions only (10X2=20 marks). Section B shall have 8 questions of each 5

marks and the candidate have to attempt 6 questions only (6X5=30 marks).

Section C shall have 6 questions of each 10 marks and the candidate has to

attempt 3 questions (3X10=30 marks). VII. Scheme of Practical Examination:

1. Each practical course shall carry 50 marks of which 10 marks are allotted for IA

marks (out of which 07 marks are kept for practical records (assignments)/journals

and 03 marks allotted for attendance). The 40 marks examination will be conducted

at the end of each semester, out of which 5 marks will be kept for viva and 35

marks for written examination as per the instruction given by the university.

2. Each practical course will have a question paper of 4 hours duration and the maximum of 40 marks.

3. The practical examination is to be conducted in batches and each batch

consists of minimum of 15 candidates.

4. There will be one internal examiner and one external examiner to conduct the practical examination for each batch in each semester.

5. Minimum marks to pass in each paper of practical are 40 percent.

6. Each candidate shall complete the laboratory work of the journal/practical records, it

shall be certified and signed by both the concerned course teacher and the Head of

the Department of Geography of the concerned college, to the effect that the

candidate has completed the prescribed course in practical satisfactory and same

should be produced at the time of practical examination. No students shall be

allowed for the examination without completed journal/practical records.

7. There is no provision for seeking improvement in practical paper examination and

internal assessment marks.

----0----

36




THEORY AND PRACTICAL PAPER- III AND IV

Teaching Internal Duration

Assessment Total

Semester Title of the Paper Hours

Marks of

Marks

per Week Marks (IA) Examination

Theory Paper – III

Regional Geography of Karnataka 05 80 20 100 3 hours

III Practical Paper - III

Interpretation of SOI

04 40 10* 50 4 hours

Topographical Maps

Theory Paper – IV

Population Geography 05 80 20 100 3 hors

IV Practical Paper - IV

Cartographic Representation of 04 40 10* 50 4 hours

Geographical Data

(* Note: Practical IA includes: 02+03+05 Marks for Assignment, Attendance & Journals only)

37


SEMESTER – III THEORY PAPER-III

REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY OF KARNATAKA

Objectives: To understand the Karnataka regions in terms of various physical divisions, their important characteristics and intra-regional disparities in agriculture and industries and to analyze natural and human resource endowments and their conservation and management. The main purpose of this paper is to gain knowledge and understand regional strength of the region and to motivate the students for competitive exams.

Course Structure: One Theory and One Practical

Teaching Theory: 05 hours per week

Practicals : 04 hours per week.

Examination : One Theory paper of 80 Marks and 20 Marks for internal assessment (IA)

One Practical of 40 Marks and 10 Marks for internal assessment (IA) (out of 10

IA marks 7 marks for practical record and journal and 3 marks for attendance).


Hours

I Karnataka : Location and Extent, Physical divisions, Drainage, Climate, 16

Soils and Natural Vegetation.

II Water Resource and Irrigation: Types of irrigation and River projects- 12

Krishna, Cauvery and Tungabhadra.

Agriculture: Importance of Horticulture and Floriculture. Cultivation,

production and distribution of Jowar, Rice, Groundnut, Sugarcane,

Cotton, Tea and Coffee.

III Mineral Resources: Distribution and Production of Iron ore, 12

Manganese and Bauxite. Hydel and Thermal Power Plants. Industries:

Location Factors of Industries, Distribution and Production of Iron and

Steel, Sugar, Cotton and Paper industry in Karnataka.

IV Transport: Road, Railway and Air, Major Ports of Karnataka. 10

V Population – Growth and Density of Population. 10

Urbanization: Meaning, Trends of Urbanization in Karnataka.

Tourism: Meaning, Significance and major tourist centers in

Karnataka. Location of the following important elements on the given

map- hills, rivers, soils, river projects, roads, towns and tourist

centers.

(Note: Staff in charge should supply the outline map of Karnataka and train the

students and it has to be treated as compulsory question in semester end

examination.)

Total 60 hours

Reference:

1. Karnataka State Gazetteer: Volume I & II 2. P. Mallappa: Geography of Karnataka ((English & Kannada Version) 3. Misra R.P: Geography of Mysore State 4. NBK Reddy and Murthy G.S: Regional Geography of Mysore State

38

5. Ranganath: Regional Geography of Karnataka (English & Kannada Version) 6. Nanjannavar S. S: Geography of Karnataka. (English & Kannada Version) 7. Abstract of Karnataka State: published by Bureau of Economic and Statistics, Bangalore

----0000----


SEMESTER – III

PRACTICAL PAPER - III

INTERPRETATION OF SOI TOPOGRAPHICAL MAPS

Units No. Topic Teaching Hours

I SOI Toposheets: Meaning and its importance, Indexing of SOI 10 Toposheets, Marginal Information of Toposheets and

Conventional signs and symbols used in Toposheets.

II Theoretical background for the identification and interpretation of 10 various features mainly (without supplying the toposheets)

a) Landforms- mountains, plains and plateaus b) Drainage- trellis, dendritic, parallel, radial and dispersing

c) Natural Vegetation- trees, jungles, forests and its types

d) Settlements- nucleated/compact, dispersed/scattered, linear and radial patterns.

e) Transport- types of roads, railways and air.

III a) Detail interpretation of given SOI Toposheets of the 16 following features: (at least each of one exercise)

1. Relief

2. Drainage

3. Vegetation

4. Settlements

5. Means of communication

6. Irrigation and Land use b) Over all Interpretation of given SOI Toposheets (at least two exercise)

IV Drawing of cross section and calculation of Vertical Exaggeration 04 (at least three exercises).

V Viva --

Total 40 hours

39

References:

1. R.L.Singh- Elements of Practical Geography 2. Gopal Singh- Practical Geography 3. Dr. Ranganath - Practical Geography : ( Kannada) 4. Singh and Kanoj- Practical Geography 5. R.P.Misra and Ramesh- Practical Geography :Fundamental of

Cartography 6. M.F.Karennavar & S.S.Nanjannavar.- Practical Geography : ( Kannada) 7. B.S.Negi.- Practical Geography 8. Pijushkanti Saha & Partha Basu- Advanced Practical Geography.

----0000----

B. A. / B. Sc. III Semester (CBSE)

PATTERN/MODEL OF THEORY QUESTION PAPER

Paper-III: Regional Geography of Karnataka

Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 Instructions: 1. Attempt all sections

2. Wherever necessary draw diagrams and maps.

SECTION-A (2 x

10 = 20 marks)

Note: 1) Answer any Ten questions.

2) Answer should not exceed 50 words

3) Each question carries two marks. 1

2

40

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

SECTION-B (5x 6= 30 marks)

Note: 1) Answer any Six questions.


3) Each question carries five marks. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 SECTION-C (10 x 3 = 30 marks)

Note: 1) Answer any Three questions.


3) Each question carries Ten marks.

41

21

22

23

24

25

ooOoo

42

B. A. / B. Sc. III Semester (CBSE)

MODEL OF PRACTICAL QUESTION PAPER

Practical Paper- III: Interpretation of SOI Topographical

Maps

Center No :……….. Max. Marks: 40

Seat No : ………. Date:…………..

Time : 3 Hours Instructions:


Q. No. 1 Selection of questions based on the Unit-I 6 marks

(each question carry 2 marks) (2X3)

a)

b)

c)

Q. No. 2 Selection of questions purely based on the Unit-II 6 marks

(Note; Questions are related to identification and methods of

explaining the physical and cultural features with symbols)

a)

43

b)

Q. No. 3 Selection of questions purely based on the Unit-III 12 marks

Candidates are to be interpreting the physical and cultural

features for the given toposheet.

Q. No. 4 Drawing of cross section for given XY line and calculate the 5 marks

Vertical Exaggeration


Total 40 marks

ooOoo

7. GEOLOGY (Optional)

SYLLABI FOR B.SC.III & IV SEMESTER GEOLOGY (OPTIONAL)

w.e.f 2018-19

. No. Paper Code Title of the Paper Marks Exam Inst. Hrs/ Theory/ Internal Total Time week Practical B.Sc Semester III

1. UG-GEOL- III PETROLOGY 80 20* 100 3 hrs 5 2. UG-GEOL-PR-III PRACTICAL : STUDY OF ROCK HAND 40 10** 50 4 hrs 4 SPECIMEN AND PETROGRAPHY B.Sc Semester IV

3. UG-GEOL-IV A. PALEONTOLOGY; 80 20* 100 3 hrs 5 B. PRINCIPLES OF STRATIGRAPHY &

INDIAN STRATIGRAPHY

4. UG-GEOL-PR-IV Practical II : STUDY OF FOSSILS; and 40 10** 50 4 hrs 4 INDIAN STRATIGRAPHY (Locations in

Map)

Internal Assessment: Theory Internal 20 marks covers: Two theory tests;

One Practical internal test of 10 marks.

44

a) Student batch: As this is a semi technical and at present available only at GSS College, each batch should consist of not more than 10 students for the regular practical.

b) Study Tour: There will be a Geological Study Tour to the places of geological interest mainly to study the

field occurrence of geological features. It carries weightage in the final practical marks. Each student shall submit a consolidated study tour report along with the journal.

c) Practical Record: Submission of a well-maintained Journal of the Practical Work done during the

semester is necessary before the Practical Examination. d) Assignments: The students will be given assignments, which are to be submitted during the practical

examination.



45

NATURE OF THEORY AND PRACTICAL EXAMINATION a) Theory Examination: (Total 100 Marks)



PART A: TWELVE Questions (Definitions/two sentence answers) numbered l-12, each of 2 marks. Students need

to answer ANY TEN questions. (2x10 = 20 Marks)

PART B: SIX Questions (Short answers) numbered as 13,14,15,16,17 & 18. Each of FIVE marks students need to

answer ANY FOUR questions (4x5 = 20 Marks)

PART C: FIVE Questions (Descriptive answers) numbered 19,20,21,22 & 23. Each of TEN marks, students need to

answer ANY FOUR questions (4x10 = 40 Marks)

ii) The remaining 20 marks are allotted for Internal Assessment Marks – of 1 hour 15 minutes for two internal

tests in theory.

a. Two internal tests of 20 marks each reduced to 10 marks.

b. Internal Assignment/Seminars/Student project work/Viva-voce (10 marks): Students are

given assignments/seminars on the subject taught or a student project work. b) Practical Examination: Total 50 Marks.

a. Practical examination will have 3 or 4 Questions of 30 marks.

b. Practical Record (Journal), Field study tour report and Viva Voce carry (10 marks).

c. Practical Internal test: One internal test of 20 marks reduced to 10. (10 marks).

46

B.Sc GEOLOGY (OPTIONAL)

PETROLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY Max. Marks: 80 Total teaching hours: 50 (4 hrs/week)

UNIT TOPIC Hrs

Introduction- Classification of rocks into igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic. Rock Cycle.

Igneous Petrology:

I Magma- Definition, Assimilation, Differentiation and Crystallizatioin. Composition- acidic and 10

basic magma. Mode of occurrence of igneous rocks: Intrusive and extrusive igneous rocks.

Forms of Igneous rocks- Concordant – sill and lacolith; Discordant – dyke and

batholith.

Textures in igneous rocks: Definition. Crystallinity, granularity, shape of the

crystal, mutual relationship.

Equigranular texture: Panidiomorphic, hypediomorphic, allotriomorphic;

Inequigranular texture: Porphyritic, poikilitic, ophitic/subophitic, basaltic

(intersertal-intergranular); Intergrowth texture: graphic, Directive structure:

II

Flow/trachytic. Other textures – Myrmekitic, Corona/reaction rim and Perthitic. 10

Classification of igneous rocks: Chemical classification- CIPW, Shand and

Holmes, based on silica content (acidic, basic, intermediate and ultrabasic).

Mineralogical classification- color index (leucocratic/felsic and

melenocratic/mafic); Mineral content in rock: essential, accessory and

secondary minerals.

Bowens Reaction Series – Discontinuous and Continuous

Sedimentary Petrology:

Introduction: Weathering, transportation, deposition, lithification and

diagenesis.

Structures of sedimentary rocks: stratification, lamination, graded bedding,

cross/ current bedding, ripple marks, mud cracks/sun cracks, rain prints and

III oolitic. Textures of sedimentary rocks: Clastic and non clastic. Wentworth 10

grain size classification. Sphericity and roundness.

Classification of sedimentary rocks: Based on origin: Clastic/mechanical

deposits and Non clastic deposits - residual, evaporites and non-

evaporates/chemical and organic deposits; based on grain size- Rudaceous,

arenaceous and argillaceous.

Metamorphic Petrology:

Introduction: Agents of metamorphism- Temperature, pressure and chemically

IV

active fluids. Stress and anti-stress minerals. 10

Types of metamorphism with brief descriptions: Cataclastic, thermal,

dynamothermal, plutonic metamorphism.

Metasomatism- Neosome and Metasomes, Migmatites.

Textures and Structures in Metamorphic rocks: Crystalloblastic, palimpset.

Cataclastic, granulose, gneissose and schistose.

V 10

Metamorphic Facies: Facies Concept and zones. Eskola’s facies

47

PRACTICAL 14BSCGEOLP11

PETROLOGY


1. Megascopic Structures: (i) Igneous rocks: vesicular, amygdaloidal, columnar, pillow. (ii) Sedimentary- Stratification, lamination, graded bedding, cross/current bedding, ripple, mud cracks, oolitic. (iii) Metamorphic- Granulose, schistose, gneissose and slaty cleavage.

2. Megascopic study of Rocks: i) Igneous: Granite, Syenite, Diorite and their porphyry; Pegmatite; Dolerite, Basalt; Dunite; Obsidian, Pumice. (ii) Sedimentary: Breccia, Conglomerate, Sandstone, Limestone, Shell/fossiliferous limestone. iii) Metamorphic: Slate, Marble, Schist (Mica, Garnet), Quartzite, Gneiss (Banded & Augen).

3. Study of Textures in thin section: i) Igneous: Equigranular- Panidiomorphic, Hypediomorphic, Allotriomorphic; Inequigranular- Porphyritic, Poikilitic, Ophitic/Sub-ophitic, Basaltic (Intergranular/Intersertal), Graphic. ii) Sedimentary: Clastic, Non Clastic, Oolitic

iii) Metamorphic: Granulose, Schistose, Gneissose 4. Study of Rocks in thin section: i) Igneous: Granite, Syenite, Diorite and their porphyry; Pegmatite; Dolerite, Basalt; Dunite.

(ii) Sedimentary: Breccia, Conglomerate, Sandstone, Limestone, Shell/fossiliferous limestone iii) Metamorphic: Marble, Schist (Mica, Garnet, Chlorite), Quartzite, Gneiss (Banded and Augen).

TEXT BOOKS 1. Principles of Petrology - By G. W. Tyrrell, B.I.Publications Pvt. Ltd.

Mumbai.

2. Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology - By Turner and Verhoogen

3. Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology - By Best M.G., CBS Publishers, Delhi

4. Igneous Petrology - By Mihir K. Bose

5. Igneous Petrology - By Anthony Hall

6. Metamorphic Petrology - By Turner, CBS Publishers, Delhi

7. Petrogenesis of Metamorphic Rocks - By Winkler H.G.F., Springer Verlag,/

Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.

8. Petrology of Metamorphic Rocks - By Mason Roger, CBS Publishers, Delhi

9. Sedimentary Rocks - By Pettijohn, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,

New Delhi.

10. Introduction to Sedimentology - By Sengupta, S

11. Petrology - By Ehlers and Blatt, CBS Publishers, Delhi.

12. Petrography - Williams, Turner, and Gilbert, CBS Publishers, Delhi. 13. Sedimentary Petrology : an Introduction to the Origin Sedimentary Rocks by M.E.Tucker 14. Principles of Sedimentology & Stratigraphy by S.J.Boggs (2006) Pettijohn.

15. Practical Approach to Sedimentology by Roy Lindholm (1987)

16. Origin of Sedimentary Rocks by Blatt, H. Middleton, G.V., & Murry, R.C.

48


Structure for Microbiology - III Sem Instruction Internal Duration of

Hrs per week

Examination Marks

Assessment Marks Examination Hrs

Total

semester Paper Title

Marks

Theory Practical Theory Practical Theory Practical Theory Practical

MIB 3.1 : Microbial Physiology

4

80

20

3

and Genetics

III 150

MIB 3.2 : Microbial Physiology

4

40

10

4

and Genetics

49

SYLLABUS FOR MICROBIOLOGY (Optional)

w.e.f 2018-19 PAPER 3.1 MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY AND GENETICS

Total hours allotted-50

Part-A Microbial Physiology. Total hours allotted-25

1. Biomolecules

Classification and importance of Carbohydrates, Proteins,& Lipids. 2- Hours

2. Enzymes Nomenclature, classification, properties, mechanism of action and factors affecting enzyme activity, competitive and non competitive inhibition and allosteric enzymes, cofactors, coenzymes, Ribozymes and their importance, clinical importance of enzymes.

4- Hours

3. Microbial Nutrition Nutritional requirements, modes of nutrition- Phototrophs, chemotrophs, methanotrophs, organotrophs and saprotrophs.

3- Hours

4. Photosynthesis Types of bacterial photosynthesis, photosynthetic pigments, factors affecting rate of photosynthesis. Light & Dark reactions, Comparison of Photosynthesis in green plants & bacteria. 4- Hours

5. Bio-energetic Laws of thermodynamics, Free energy, ATP and its production. Other high-energy compounds, oxidation and reduction reaction. 2- Hours

6 .Energy Yielding process Glycolysis, Outline of TCA cycle, ETP, oxidative phosphorylation, oxidation (alpha and Omega oxidation pathway) , anaerobic respiration, Lactic & acetic acid fermentation 7- Hours

7. Microbial Growth Growth rate, generation time and growth curve-phases of growth and their significance. Physical and chemical factors affecting growth. Measurement of growth by cell number and cell mass.

3- Hours

50

Part –B Genetics

1. Mendelian concepts and classical genetics. 1-Hour

2. Genomic organization in Prokaryotes & Eukaryotes 2- Hours

3. Nucleic Acids

Chemical composition of DNA and RNA, Watson and Crick model of DNA, Types of DNA and RNA-A, B, H, Z. Super coiling of DNA, Extra chromosomal DNA.

5-Hours

4. DNA Replication in Prokaryotes.

Semi-conservative method, Rolling circle model, Origin of replication, Primers and template, Replication fork, Unidirectional and Bidirectional.

5- Hours 5. Genetic Recombination in Prokaryotes.

Requirements, Molecular basis, genetic analysis of recombination. Transformation, Conjugation and Transduction.

4- Hours

6. Mutation, Nature and types.

Induced, Spontaneous, Biochemical basis of mutation, point mutation and Frame shift mutation. 4- Hours

7. Transposable elements and Transposon.

Mutagenesis, detection and isolation of mutants by replica plate method.

4- Hours

51

PRACTICAL 3.2 Microbial Physiology and Genetics 1. Qualitative test for the detection of the macromolecules.

Glucose- Benedict’s test, Fehling’s test. Protein – Biuret test, Ninhydrin test. Lipids- Emulsification and solubility test.

2. Determination of growth curve for fungi by colony diameter method. 3. Biochemical test for the identification of bacteria:

a) IMViC

b) Fermentation of Glucose, Sucrose And Lactose- acid & gas production.

c) Starch Hydrolysis d) Gelatin Hydrolysis e) Catalase test

4. Colorimetric estimation of Sugars by DNS method. 5. Colometric estimation of Proteins by biuret method.

6. Effect of PH and Temperature on bacterial growth.

7. Transformation- Griffiths experiment and Mehanisms. Transduction

generalized & Specialized. 8. Demonstration of Chromatographic Separation of amino acid.

REFERENCES:

1. Wolfgang. K. Joklik (1995) Zinssers Microbiology. Mc Graw-Hill companies.1294pp. 2. Stanley. R. alloy,David Freifelder,And John .E.Crona. (1994).Microbial Genetics( 2

nd Ed).

Jone sand Bartlett Publishers. 3. Larry Snyder Wendy Champness.(1997) Molecular Genetics of Bacteria.ASM Pree. 672pp. 4. Alcamo, I.E. Laboratory Fundamental of Microbiology 2001. Jones and Bartlett Publishers. 5. Microbial Genetics. Maloy et.Al.1994. Jones and Bartlett Publishers. 6. Molecular Genetics of bacteria. J.W. Dale 1994. John Wiley & Sons. 7. Modern Microbial genetics.1991. Streips & Yasbin.Nile. Ltd. 8. Atlas.R.M. “Microbiology- Fundamental and Applications” Mac Millian Publishing

company New York.

9. Cappucino J.C. And Shermani. N-1999 Microbiology- A laboratory manual, Adeloson Wessey. 10. Colowod, D 1999, “Microbial Diversity” Academic Press.

11. Edward Aleam T.1997 “ Fundamentals of Microbiology” -5th

Edn, Adilson Wesely

Longaman Inc. New York.

12. Aneja K.R, Experiments in Microbiology, Plant pathology, Tissue culture And Mushroom Cultivation, New age International, New Delhi.

13. Brown,T.A. 1998 “ Genetics- A molecular Approach” 3rd

edn.

52

9. MATHEMATICS (Optional)


B.SC III SEMESTER

PAPER I: MATHEMATICAL LOGIC & REAL ANALYSIS

TOTAL TEACHING HOURS: 50TEACHING HOURS PER WEEK: 05

UNIT-I

Mathematical Logic: (Recapitulation of basic definitions) tautology and

Contradiction, logical equivalence, Converse, inverse and Contra-positive of an

implication, Mathematical structures, Existential & universal quantifiers, methods of

proofs. 10 hours

UNIT-II

Real Analysis-I:Jacobians, Properties and examples, Lagrange’s mean value theorem

for functions of two variables. Taylor’s (only statement) and Maclaurian’s theorems

for two variables. 10 Hours

UNIT-III

Real Analysis-II: Maxima and Minima of two and three variables, Necessary and

sufficient condition for extreme values of two variables, Lagrange’s method

undetermined multipliers. 10 Hours

UNIT-IV

Sequences-I: Sequences. Limit of a sequences, Bounded and unbounded sequences,

Convergent, Divergent, and Oscillatory sequences. Algebra of convergent sequences.

Monotonic sequences. Theorems on monotonic sequences. 10 Hours

UNIT-V

Sequences-II: Cauchy’s sequences, Cauchy’s first and second theorems on limits.

Cauchy’s criterion for convergence of sequences. Subsequences. (definition&

example)

10 Hours

References:i

(1) Shanti Narayana and P K Mittal: Textbook of Mathematical analysis.

(2) Nisha Rani and Gupta: Textbook of real analysis.

(3) N P Bali: Real analysis(Golden Series)

(4) J N Sharma and A R Vasistha: Real analysis.

(5) G. K. Ranganath: A text book of College Mathematics.

Sequences-I:

53

B.SC III SEMESTER PAPER II: GROUP THEORY, INTEGAL CALCULUS & DIFFRENTIAL EQUATIONS

TOTAL TEACHING HOURS: 50TEACHING HOURS PER WEEK: 05

UNIT-I

Group Theory-I :Groups, Abelian group, Standard examples of groups, Properties of

groups, Semi groups, Subgroups and its properties, Permutation group. 10 Hours

UNIT-II

Group Theory –II : Cyclic groups & its properties, Cosets. Lagrange’s theorem,

Euler’stheorem and Fermet’s theorem. 10 Hours

UNIT-III

Applications of Definite Integrals: Application of integration for finding the lengths

of arc, Surface areas and volume of solids of revolution for standard curves whose

equations are given in Cartesian, polar and parametric forms.10 Hours

UNIT-IV

Differential equation-I: First order first degree equations: linear differential

equation, Homogeneous and reducible to homogeneous forms, Bernoulli’s form, Exact

equations, Necessary and sufficient condition for the equation to be exact, solution of

differential equation by finding a suitable integrating factor. 10 Hours

UNIT-V Differential equation-II:Differential equations of the first order higher degree,

Solvable for p, Solvable for x, Solvable for y, Clairaut’s equations reducible to

Clairaut’s form. 10 Hours

References:

(1) Shanti Narayana: Textbook of Integral Calculus.

(2) Shanti Narayana: Textbook of Modern Abstract Algebra.

(3) D. Murray: Introductory Course in Differential Equations.

(4) Ayres F: Differential Equations.

(5) G. K. Ranganath:A text book of College Mathematics

(6) Herstein I. N: Topics in Algebra.

54

10. Physics (Optional)

B.Sc. III Semester

PHYSICS(Optional) (w.e.f.2018-19)

Physics 3.1: GEOMETRICAL OPTICS AND ELECTRICITY I. ( Total Hours: 50 Hrs.)

SUBJECT CODE: 17BSCPHYT31

UNIT I GEOMETRICAL OPTICS: Fermat’s principle-statement and explanation, derivation of laws of reflection and refraction. Abbe’s sine rule (derivation), Lagrange and Helmholtz’s relation ( derivation ). Problems.

(4 + 1 = 5 hours) CARDINAL POINTS: Cardinal points of optical system: Principal foci, principal points and nodal points. Newton’s formula and graphical construction of image. Equivalent focal length of two thin lenses separated by a distance (derivation) and location of Cardinal Points. Thick lens and power of thick lens. Problems.

(4 + 1 = 5 hours) UNIT II

ABERRATIONS: Spherical (longitudinal and lateral), chromatic (longitudinal and lateral) aberrations. Methods to reduce spherical aberration ( qualitative ) condition for Achromatism of two thin lenses in contact and separated by a distance. Ramsden’s and Huygen’s eye-pieces: Construction and location of cardinal points . Problems.

(4 + 1 = 5 hours) DYNAMICS OF CHARGED PARTICLES: Charged particles in a uniform (static) electric field applied along the direction of particle motion. Energy acquired during the motion of a charged particle in uniform transverse electric field. Charged particle moving in a constant uniform magnetic field. Problems.

(4 + 1 = 5 hours)

55

UNIT III DIELECTRICS: Electric polarization. Gauss law (vector form) in dielectrics and electric displacement. Boundary conditions at a surface separating two dielectric media (derivation). Relation between Electric Displacement ( D ), Electric Field ( E ) and Polarization ( P ). Atomic Polarizability, electric susceptibility, relation between Electric constant and electric susceptibility. Expression for mechanical stress on surface of charged conductor. Application to electrified soap bubble. Expression for electrostatic energy in a medium surrounding charged conductor. Derivation of Clausius – Mosotti equation and its limitations. Experimental determination of dielectric constant of a solid by Hofkinsons’s Null Method. Problems.

(8 + 2 = 10 hours) UNIT IV

CURRENT ELECTRICITY Statement of Biot – Savart’s Law, Derivation of expression for magnetic field due to a straight conductor carrying current, Mention of expression of variation of magnetic

field along the axis of a circular coil, tangent law, determination of BH. Helmholtz Galvanometer: Principle, Construction and Working. Problems.

(3 + 1 = 4 hours)

TRANSIENT CURRENTS Theory of growth and decay of current through RL circuit. Theory of charging and discharging of capacitor through RC circuit. Time constants of RL and RC circuits. LCR circuit ( Discussion of special cases ). Measurement of high resistance by leakage method. Problems.

(3 + 1 = 4 hours)

UNIT V

ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTS AND MEASUREMENTS: Ballistic galvanometer: Condition for moving coil galvanometer to be ballistic and dead beat. Theory of BG. Charge Sensitivity, volt sensitivity and current sensitivity and their relations, Determination of self inductance ( L ) by Rayleigh’s method with necessary

theory. Theory of earth inductor. Determination of BH, BV and Φ. CRO lo k diagram. Use of CRO in the measurement of Voltage, Frequency and Phase. Problems.

(9 + 1 = 10 hours)

56

PHYSICS 3.2 : LAB – III

SUBJECT CODE: 17BSCPHYP32

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Calibration of Spectrometer. 2. Dispersive Curve and Dispersive Power. 3. Searl’s Goniometer. 4. Turn Table. 5. Determination of Magnetic Field along the axis of a coil. 6. Helmholtz Galvanometer. 7. Determination of the constants of B.G. 8. Determination of High Resistance by the Leakage method. 9. Measurement of the capacity by the method of Mixtures. 10. Use of CRO in the measurement of Voltage, Frequency and Phase. 11. Time constant by RL/RC circuits. 12. Determination of self inductance by Rayleigh’s method.

NOTE:

1. Experiments are of Four hours duration. 2. Minimum of Eight experiments to be performed. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Principles of Optics (I-Edition) –B.K.Mathur (New Gopal Printing

Press, 1962). 2. Fundamentals of Optics (V-Edition) – Khanna and Bedi (R.Chand, New

Delhi). 3. A text book of Optics (I-Edition) – Brij lal and Subramanyam (S.Chand). 4. Optics (IV-Edition) – Ajoy Ghatak (Tata McGraw Hill, 2006). 5. Fundamentals of Optics (III Edition) –Jenkins White (Tata

McGraw Hill,1957). 6. Geometrical Optics (I-Edition) – D.P.Acharya (Oxford & IBH Pub. Co., 1970). 7. Optics and Spectroscopy (VI Edition) – Murugeshan, Kiruthiga and

ShivaPrasad (S.Chand). 8. Geometrical Optics – A. Verstraetin.

57

9. Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism – Basudev Ghosh (Books &

Allied New Central Book Agency, Calcutta, 2009). 10. Electricity and Magnetism – D.N.Vasudev (S.Chand). 11. Electricity and Magnetism – B.S.Agarwal (S.Chand). 12. Fundamentals of Optics – Khanna & Gulati. 13. Electricity and Magnetism – Brij lal and Subramanyam. 14. Electricity and Magnetism and Atomic Physics (Vol-I) – John Yarwood. 15. Electricity and Magnetism – A.N.Matveer (Mir Pub., 1986) 16. Electricity and Magnetism – D.Chattopadhyay and Rakshit. 17. Electricity and Magnetism with Electronics – K.K.Tewari (S.Chand). 18. Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism – D.N.Vasudev. 19. Electricity and Magnetism – Sehgal and Chopra.

58

11. STATISTICS (optional)

B.A/ B.Sc. COURSE IN STATISTICS (OPTIONAL)

(WITH EFFECT FROM : 2018-19)

THIRD SEMESTER: THEORY PAPER Total: 50 Hours.

STTH-3: SAMPLING DISTRIBUTIONS AND NON PARAMETRIC TESTS

Unit: 1.Sampling Distribution and Large Sample Tests:

Definition of population, Sample, Parameter and Statistic. Sampling distribution of X and s2 for

sample from normal distribution. Central Limit Theorem (without proof). Definition of Null and Alternative Hypothesis, Critical region, Type-I and Type-II errors and level of significance. Large sample tests: Large sample tests-for mean and difference of means, proportion and difference of proportions.

10 Hours. Unit: 2. Exact Sampling Distributions:

Chi-square (2)–distribution: Definition, and derivation, Properties-moments, recurrence

relation for moments and approximation to normal distribution. Independence of sample means

and sample variances in random sampling from a normal distribution. Applications of 2 -

distribution.

10 Hours. Unit: 3 Student’s ‘t’ and Snedecore’s ‘F’ distributions: Definition, and derivation Moments of student’s t-distribution. Recurrence relation for moments, limiting form of t-distribution. Applications of t-distribution. Theorotical examples.F-

distribution: Definition and derivation of F- distribution. Moments of F-distribution. Recurrence relation for moments. Applications of F - distribution. Statement of inter relationship between

2, t and F –distributions.

10 Hours Unit:4. Non-parametric tests: Order statistics – distribution of maximum and minimum statistics. Need for non-parametric

tests. Advantages and dis-advantages of non-parametric methods over parametric methods.

Assumptions in non-parametric methods. Sign test for quantiles, Sign test based on paired

observations, Wilcoxon signed rank test for one sample and paired samples. Comparison of the

sign-test and Wilcoxon signed-rank test, Man-Whitney-Wilcoxon test, Wald-Wolfowitz run test,

Median test , Run test for randomness, Test for independence based on Spearman's rank

correlation coefficient. 10 Hours.

Unit: 5. Multiple and Partial Correlation and Regression: Trivariate data, Yule’s notation. Equation of the plane of regression. Residuals and their

properties, residual variance. Multiple correlation and partial correlation coefficients.

Derivations and their properties, standard examples.

10 Hours

59

THIRD SEMESTER: STPR-3: PRACTICAL PAPER.

1. Applications of Chi-square distribution-I: Goodness of fit.

2. Applications of Chi-square distribution-II: Independence of attributes.

3. Applications of t-distribution.

4. Applications of F- distribution.

5. Non-parametric tests-I

6. Non-parametric tests-II

7. Partial and Multiple correlation-I

8. Partial and Multiple correlation-II

9. Large sample tests.

Books for study: 1. Gupta S.C and Kapoor V.K.: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics-

Sultan Chand & Sons’ publications.

2. Hogg .R.V.and Craig.A.T(1978):Introduction to Mathematical Statistics.-4/e

Macmillan .

3. Mood.A.M.,Graybill.F A. and Boes D.C.(1974): Introduction to the Theory of

Statistics. McGrawHill.

4. Mukyopadhyay.P. (1996) .Mathematical Statistics.-Kolkotta Publishing House.

5. Goon AM, Gupta M.K., Das Gupta.B.(1991): Fundamentals of Statistics Vol-I

World Press Kolkatta..


1.Rohatgi.V.K. and A.K.Md.Ehsanes Saleh (2002):An introduction to probability theory

and Mathematical Statistics. John Wiley.

2.Murry R.Speigel (1982): Theory & Problems of Statistics, Schaum’s publishing

Series.

3. P.G.Hoel (1971): Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, Asia publishing house.

4. Dudewicz EJ and Mishra S.N (1980): Modern Mathematical Statistics-John Wiley.

60


BSc III Semester Scheme (CBSC - Pattern) Zoology (Optional) Syllabus(Revised)

2018 -19 Onwards

Semesters Syllabus Total Hours Theory &

Practical/ Week

Development biology, Animal 50hrs. 4 hrs.

Physiology & Biochemistry

III

PRACTICAL

12

4 hrs.

NOTE:

THEORY MARKS PRACTICAL MARKS

Internal Annual Total Internal Annual Total Marks

Marks

20 80 100 marks 10 40 50 marks


Que.No. Marks Solve Total Marks

I 02 10 20

II 04 05 20

III 10 04 40

TOTAL --- 80 MARKS

PRACTICAL pattern for examination

Que.No. Solve Total Marks

I Physiology(Qualitative Test) 07

II Chick Embryo Mounting 07

III Normal / Abnormal Urine Test 05

IV Identification / Spotting ( Four) 08

V Preparation of Haematin Crystals/ Estimation of 05

haemoglobin by Sahli’s method

VI Submission of Chick Embryo slides 03

VII Journal 05

TOTAL --- 40 MARKS

61

B.Sc III Semester Syllabus(Revised)

ZOOLOGY (Optional) 2018-19 Onwards


Development Biology, Animal Physiology & Biochemistry

UNIT-I Development Biology

Brief account of Gametogenesis and Fertilization. 2hrs

Types of Eggs, Cleavage patterns 2hrs Development of Frog up to Gastrulation. Organizer phenomenon. Chick development up to 48 hours chick embryo. 4hrs Placenta types Structure and Functions. Extra embryonic

membranes in mammals. 4hrs

Human Development up to Implantation.

UNIT-II Animal Physiology and Biochemistry

Proteins, Carbohydrates and Lipids: 3hrs

Definition, Classification and Biological Significance.

Enzymes: IUB, Mechanism of enzyme action, specificity of 4hrs

Enzymes, reversibility of enzymes action and Enzyme inhibitors’ brief account of coenzymes and cofactors. Clinical importance of enzymes.

Vitamins: Water soluble vitamins (B complex and C) 3hrs

Fat soluble vitamins (A, D, E and K)

UNIT-III Bioenergetics: Concepts of bio-energetic. Glycolysis, Krebs 3hrs

Cycle & Electron Transport System.

Physiology of Digestion: Digestion & absorption of Proteins, 3hrs

Carbohydrates & Fats. Balanced diet.

Physiology of Respiration: Transport of Oxygen & Carbon 2hrs

dioxide, Chloride shift, Respiratory Pigments.

62

UNIT-IV Physiology of Circulation:Structure, function & double circulation 3hrs

of mammalian heart. Types of Hearts-Neurogenic and Myogenic. Myogenic heart. Blood pressure.

Physiology of Excretion: Ammonotelic,Ureotelic & Uricotelic 2hrs

Excretion with examples. Ornithine cycle. Physiology of Urine formation in Man.

Physiology of Muscle Contraction: Ultra structure of striated 2hrs

Muscle. The Structure of myosin, actin, tropomyosin and tropionin. Mechanism of muscle contraction. Sliding filament theory.

Physiology of Nervous Coordination: Structure and propagation 2hrs of nerve impulse in medullated and non medullated Nerve. Synaptic transmission and Neuro-muscular Junction. Neuro-transmitters and their importance.

UNIT-V Structure & organs related to Vision, Olfaction &Audition in 6hrs

Human being.

Immunology: Bone marrow, thymus, spleen-Payer’s patches. 2hrs

T and B cells .Types and Significance .Antigens

and Antibodies. Structure of Immunoglobins G (IgG)

& Immunization.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

63

PRACTICALS

Total Practical’s -12

1. Developmental stages of Frog up to Neural. 01

2. Developmental stages of Chick (18 hrs, 24 hrs,36 hrs,& 48 hrs) 01

3. Mounting of Chick embryo to make a permanent slide. 03

4. Qualitative tests for Glucose, Starch, Proteins, Fats and Sucrose 03

5. Qualitative tests for Normal & Abnormal constituents of Urine. 02

6. Preparation of Haematin Crystals. 01

7. Estimation of haemoglobin by Sahli’s method. 01

8. Internal Practical Test.

NOTE: 1. With the help of Charts/Models/Diagrams/Printouts &

Xerox Sheets are used in practical’s demonstration. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

61

64

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Developmental biology-Rastogi & Jay raj Publisher-Kedarnath

Ramnath, Meerut. 2. Introduction to Embryology –Ballinsky 3. Foundations of Embryology – Patten 4. Principles of Embryology- Waddington C.H 5. Developmental Biology – Scott F. Gilbert 6. Developmental Biology –a modern Synthesis: K.Vasudev Rao. 7. Embryology – Mohan Arora 8. Embryology – Constructing the Organism

8. Elements of Developmental Biology: Dr P.C.Jain. 9. Vertebrate Embryology: N.N. Majumdar. 10. Essentials of Animal Physiology- Rastogi S.C. 11. Animal Physiology – Nigam H.C. 12. Animal Physiology- Agarwal et. al 13. Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger 14. Biochemistry- Mathews, Van Holde, Ahren- Pearson Education 15. Animal Physiology: Schmidt Nielson Cambridge Uni Publications. 16. Principles of Biochemistry: Lehninger A.L. Nelson D.L. and Cox M.M.

Worth.

65

GROUP - III

III SEMESTER

DEVELOPMENT OF PERSONALITY AND COMMUNICATION SKILL

Contact Hours : 52 Contact/ Weekly Hours : 4 Marks : Main Exam : 80 Internal Assessments : 20

Module 1 : Personality – The Introduction (11 Hrs)

Personality meaning, dimensions/ determinants physical, Intellectual, emotional,

linguistic cultural, Traits of Personality, importance of personality development,

Personality development as a process.

Module 2 : Personality Development (11 Hrs)

Grooming the self, Dress code for Men and Women, Do’s and Don’ts, Social

etiquettes and Manners, Self-confidence – Meaning and building techniques, Willpower

Increasing the Willpower for self-improvement.

Module 3 : Self Analysis (10 Hrs)

SWOT Analysis, Who am I, Attributes, Importance of Self Confidence, Creativity

out of box thinking, Lateral Thinking, Johari Window.

GOAL SETTING – Short Term, Long Term, Life Time Goals, (Personalized and

organizational) Time Management Value of time, Diagnosing Time Management,

Weekly Planner To do list, Prioritizing work.

Module 4 : Communication and its importance (10 Hrs)

Process of Communication, written and oral communication, process of listing

body language or non verbal communication, the art of public speaking.

Module 5 : Leadership as a process (10 Hrs)

Working in a team, management of conflict, interpersonal and interpersonal

intergroup, Profiles, of great personalities, Career planning and role of career planning

and role of career planning in personality development, How to face personal interview

and group discussion.

66

References:

1. Organisational Behaviour : By S.S. Khanaka 2. Organisational Behaviour : By Stephen Robbing 3. Organisational Behaviour : By Ashwatappa 4. Cloninger, Susan C, (2000) Theories of personality, prentice Hall London. 5. Eriksen Karin (1979) Communion skills for human services, Prentice-Hall 6. Hurlack,, Elizabeth B (?) personality Development

7. Johnson Roy Ivan (1956) Communication : Handling Idea Effectively, McGraw Hill,

New York. 8. Kagan Jerome (1969), Personality Development, Harcourt Brace, New York. 9. Kundu C.L (1989) personality Development, Sterling Bangalore.

Scheme of Instruction and Examination

Sem Title of the Theory Theory I.A. Exam Total

Paper Hours Marks Marks Hrs Marks

Development of

1 Personality and 4 Hrs 80 20 1.5 100

Communication

Note : The Final Examination shall be in Multiple Choice Question (MCQ) Equal weightage shall be given to all the modules when preparing MCQ’s

***************

THEORY PAPER STTH-4: STATISTICAL INFERENCE. Unit: 1. P

Documents

Transcript of THEORY PAPER STTH-4: STATISTICAL INFERENCE. Unit: 1. P